blob: 20a150fad60776f810072cb3b450ee3753e65ad8 [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner959e5be2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
15#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbar64789f82008-08-11 05:35:13 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Chris Lattner3e254fb2008-04-08 04:40:51 +000017#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Naroff9ed3e772008-05-29 21:12:08 +000018#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Douglas Gregor279272e2009-02-04 19:02:06 +000019#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +000020#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
21#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
22#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +000023#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +000024#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner71ca8c82008-10-26 23:43:26 +000025#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +000026#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +000027using namespace clang;
28
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000029/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
30/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
31///
32/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
33/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
34/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
35/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
36/// function is being used.
37///
38/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
39/// referenced), false otherwise.
40bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000041 // See if the decl is deprecated.
42 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000043 // Implementing deprecated stuff requires referencing deprecated
44 // stuff. Don't warn if we are implementing a deprecated
45 // construct.
Chris Lattnerfb1bb822009-02-16 19:35:30 +000046 bool isSilenced = false;
47
48 if (NamedDecl *ND = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl()) {
49 // If this reference happens *in* a deprecated function or method, don't
50 // warn.
51 isSilenced = ND->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
52
53 // If this is an Objective-C method implementation, check to see if the
54 // method was deprecated on the declaration, not the definition.
55 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND)) {
56 // The semantic decl context of a ObjCMethodDecl is the
57 // ObjCImplementationDecl.
58 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *Impl
59 = dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(MD->getParent())) {
60
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +000061 MD = Impl->getClassInterface()->getMethod(Context,
62 MD->getSelector(),
Chris Lattnerfb1bb822009-02-16 19:35:30 +000063 MD->isInstanceMethod());
64 isSilenced |= MD && MD->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
65 }
66 }
67 }
68
69 if (!isSilenced)
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000070 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_deprecated) << D->getDeclName();
71 }
72
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000073 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregor6f8c3682009-02-24 04:26:15 +000074 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000075 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
76 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
77 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
78 return true;
79 }
Douglas Gregor6f8c3682009-02-24 04:26:15 +000080 }
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000081
82 // See if the decl is unavailable
83 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000084 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000085 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
86 }
87
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000088 return false;
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000089}
90
Douglas Gregor3bb30002009-02-26 21:00:50 +000091SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
92 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
93 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
94}
95
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +000096//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
97// Standard Promotions and Conversions
98//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
99
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000100/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
101void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
102 QualType Ty = E->getType();
103 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
104
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000105 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
106 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty));
Chris Lattner2aa68822008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000107 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
108 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
109 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
110 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
111 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
112 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
113 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argiris Kirtzidisf580b4d2008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000114 //
115 // C++ 4.2p1:
116 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
117 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
118 //
119 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
120 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Chris Lattner2aa68822008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000121 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty));
122 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000123}
124
125/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
126/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
127/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
128/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
129/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
130Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
131 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
132 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
133
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000134 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) // C99 6.3.1.1p2
135 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.IntTy);
136 else
137 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr);
138
139 return Expr;
140}
141
Chris Lattner9305c3d2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000142/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
143/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
144/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
145void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
146 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
147 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
148
149 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
150 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAsBuiltinType())
151 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
152 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy);
153
154 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
155}
156
Chris Lattner81f00ed2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000157/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
158/// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC
159/// interfaces passed by value. This returns true if the argument type is
160/// completely illegal.
161bool Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000162 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
163
Chris Lattner81f00ed2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000164 if (Expr->getType()->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
165 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(),
166 diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
167 << Expr->getType() << CT;
168 return true;
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000169 }
Chris Lattner81f00ed2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000170
171 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType())
172 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(), diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
173 << Expr->getType() << CT;
174
175 return false;
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000176}
177
178
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000179/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
180/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
181/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
182/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
183/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
184/// GCC.
185QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
186 bool isCompAssign) {
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000187 if (!isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000188 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000189
190 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000191
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000192 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
193 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000194 QualType lhs =
195 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
196 QualType rhs =
197 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000198
199 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
200 if (lhs == rhs)
201 return lhs;
202
203 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
204 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
205 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
206 return lhs;
207
208 QualType destType = UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000209 if (!isCompAssign)
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000210 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType);
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000211 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType);
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000212 return destType;
213}
214
215QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversionsType(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
216 // Perform the usual unary conversions. We do this early so that
217 // integral promotions to "int" can allow us to exit early, in the
218 // lhs == rhs check. Also, for conversion purposes, we ignore any
219 // qualifiers. For example, "const float" and "float" are
220 // equivalent.
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000221 if (lhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
222 lhs = Context.IntTy;
223 else
224 lhs = lhs.getUnqualifiedType();
225 if (rhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
226 rhs = Context.IntTy;
227 else
228 rhs = rhs.getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000229
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000230 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
231 if (lhs == rhs)
232 return lhs;
233
234 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
235 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
236 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
237 return lhs;
238
239 // At this point, we have two different arithmetic types.
240
241 // Handle complex types first (C99 6.3.1.8p1).
242 if (lhs->isComplexType() || rhs->isComplexType()) {
243 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the complex type.
244 if (rhs->isIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
245 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000246 return lhs;
247 }
248 if (lhs->isIntegerType() || lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
249 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000250 return rhs;
251 }
252 // This handles complex/complex, complex/float, or float/complex.
253 // When both operands are complex, the shorter operand is converted to the
254 // type of the longer, and that is the type of the result. This corresponds
255 // to what is done when combining two real floating-point operands.
256 // The fun begins when size promotion occur across type domains.
257 // From H&S 6.3.4: When one operand is complex and the other is a real
258 // floating-point type, the less precise type is converted, within it's
259 // real or complex domain, to the precision of the other type. For example,
260 // when combining a "long double" with a "double _Complex", the
261 // "double _Complex" is promoted to "long double _Complex".
262 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
263
264 if (result > 0) { // The left side is bigger, convert rhs.
265 rhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000266 } else if (result < 0) { // The right side is bigger, convert lhs.
267 lhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(rhs, lhs);
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000268 }
269 // At this point, lhs and rhs have the same rank/size. Now, make sure the
270 // domains match. This is a requirement for our implementation, C99
271 // does not require this promotion.
272 if (lhs != rhs) { // Domains don't match, we have complex/float mix.
273 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType()) { // handle "double, _Complex double".
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000274 return rhs;
275 } else { // handle "_Complex double, double".
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000276 return lhs;
277 }
278 }
279 return lhs; // The domain/size match exactly.
280 }
281 // Now handle "real" floating types (i.e. float, double, long double).
282 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType() || rhs->isRealFloatingType()) {
283 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the real floating type.
Anders Carlsson488a0792008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000284 if (rhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000285 // convert rhs to the lhs floating point type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000286 return lhs;
287 }
Anders Carlsson488a0792008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000288 if (rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
289 // convert rhs to the complex floating point type.
290 return Context.getComplexType(lhs);
291 }
292 if (lhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000293 // convert lhs to the rhs floating point type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000294 return rhs;
295 }
Anders Carlsson488a0792008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000296 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
297 // convert lhs to the complex floating point type.
298 return Context.getComplexType(rhs);
299 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000300 // We have two real floating types, float/complex combos were handled above.
301 // Convert the smaller operand to the bigger result.
302 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000303 if (result > 0) // convert the rhs
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000304 return lhs;
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000305 assert(result < 0 && "illegal float comparison");
306 return rhs; // convert the lhs
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000307 }
308 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
309 // Handle GCC complex int extension.
310 const ComplexType *lhsComplexInt = lhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
311 const ComplexType *rhsComplexInt = rhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
312
313 if (lhsComplexInt && rhsComplexInt) {
314 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhsComplexInt->getElementType(),
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000315 rhsComplexInt->getElementType()) >= 0)
316 return lhs; // convert the rhs
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000317 return rhs;
318 } else if (lhsComplexInt && rhs->isIntegerType()) {
319 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000320 return lhs;
321 } else if (rhsComplexInt && lhs->isIntegerType()) {
322 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000323 return rhs;
324 }
325 }
326 // Finally, we have two differing integer types.
327 // The rules for this case are in C99 6.3.1.8
328 int compare = Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
329 bool lhsSigned = lhs->isSignedIntegerType(),
330 rhsSigned = rhs->isSignedIntegerType();
331 QualType destType;
332 if (lhsSigned == rhsSigned) {
333 // Same signedness; use the higher-ranked type
334 destType = compare >= 0 ? lhs : rhs;
335 } else if (compare != (lhsSigned ? 1 : -1)) {
336 // The unsigned type has greater than or equal rank to the
337 // signed type, so use the unsigned type
338 destType = lhsSigned ? rhs : lhs;
339 } else if (Context.getIntWidth(lhs) != Context.getIntWidth(rhs)) {
340 // The two types are different widths; if we are here, that
341 // means the signed type is larger than the unsigned type, so
342 // use the signed type.
343 destType = lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs;
344 } else {
345 // The signed type is higher-ranked than the unsigned type,
346 // but isn't actually any bigger (like unsigned int and long
347 // on most 32-bit systems). Use the unsigned type corresponding
348 // to the signed type.
349 destType = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs);
350 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000351 return destType;
352}
353
354//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
355// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
356//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
357
358
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000359/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000360/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
361/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
362/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
363/// string.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000364///
365Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000366Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000367 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
368
Chris Lattner9eaf2b72009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000369 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000370 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000371 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000372
373 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
374 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
375 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000376
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000377 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argiris Kirtzidis2a4e1162008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000378 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000379 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregor1815b3b2008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000380
381 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
382 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
383 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000384
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000385 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
386 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
387 // strings.
388 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattner14032222009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000389 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000390 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Chris Lattnerc3144742009-02-18 05:49:11 +0000391
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000392 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Chris Lattneraa491192009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000393 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
394 Literal.GetStringLength(),
395 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
396 &StringTokLocs[0],
397 StringTokLocs.size()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000398}
399
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000400/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
401/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
402/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
403/// for values inside the block or for globals).
404///
405/// FIXME: This will create BlockDeclRefExprs for global variables,
406/// function references, etc which is suboptimal :) and breaks
407/// things like "integer constant expression" tests.
408static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(BlockSemaInfo *CurBlock,
409 ValueDecl *VD) {
410 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
411 // we wanted to.
412 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
413 return false;
414
415 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
416 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
417 return false;
418
419 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
420 // snapshot it.
421 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
422 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
423 return Var->hasLocalStorage();
424
425 return true;
426}
427
428
429
Steve Naroff0acc9c92007-09-15 18:49:24 +0000430/// ActOnIdentifierExpr - The parser read an identifier in expression context,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000431/// validate it per-C99 6.5.1. HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this
Steve Naroffe50e14c2008-03-19 23:46:26 +0000432/// identifier is used in a function call context.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000433/// SS is only used for a C++ qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the
Argiris Kirtzidis054a2632008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000434/// class or namespace that the identifier must be a member of.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000435Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdentifierExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
436 IdentifierInfo &II,
437 bool HasTrailingLParen,
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000438 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
439 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
440 return ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(S, Loc, &II, HasTrailingLParen, SS,
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000441 isAddressOfOperand);
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000442}
443
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000444/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build either a DeclRefExpr or a
445/// QualifiedDeclRefExpr based on whether or not SS is a
446/// nested-name-specifier.
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000447DeclRefExpr *
448Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(NamedDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
449 bool TypeDependent, bool ValueDependent,
450 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Douglas Gregor7e508262009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000451 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Douglas Gregor1e589cc2009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000452 return new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent,
453 ValueDependent, SS->getRange(),
Douglas Gregor041e9292009-03-26 23:56:24 +0000454 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()));
Douglas Gregor7e508262009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000455 } else
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000456 return new (Context) DeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent, ValueDependent);
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000457}
458
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000459/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
460/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
461/// is Record.
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000462static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(ASTContext &Context,
463 RecordDecl *Record) {
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000464 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
465 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
466
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000467 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000468 // be an O(1) operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's
469 // vector (which itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make
470 // this even better.
471 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000472 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(Context),
473 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end(Context);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000474 D != DEnd; ++D) {
475 if (*D == Record) {
476 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
477 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
478 ++D;
479 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000480 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000481 return *D;
482 }
483 }
484
485 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
486 return 0;
487}
488
Douglas Gregorcc94ab72009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000489/// \brief Given a field that represents a member of an anonymous
490/// struct/union, build the path from that field's context to the
491/// actual member.
492///
493/// Construct the sequence of field member references we'll have to
494/// perform to get to the field in the anonymous union/struct. The
495/// list of members is built from the field outward, so traverse it
496/// backwards to go from an object in the current context to the field
497/// we found.
498///
499/// \returns The variable from which the field access should begin,
500/// for an anonymous struct/union that is not a member of another
501/// class. Otherwise, returns NULL.
502VarDecl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(FieldDecl *Field,
503 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl *> &Path) {
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000504 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
505 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
506 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
507
Douglas Gregorcc94ab72009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000508 Path.push_back(Field);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000509 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
510 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
511 do {
512 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000513 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Context, Record);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000514 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
Douglas Gregorcc94ab72009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000515 Path.push_back(AnonField);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000516 else {
517 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
518 break;
519 }
520 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
521 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
522 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
Douglas Gregorcc94ab72009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000523
524 return BaseObject;
525}
526
527Sema::OwningExprResult
528Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
529 FieldDecl *Field,
530 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
531 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
532 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
533 VarDecl *BaseObject = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(Field,
534 AnonFields);
535
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000536 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
537 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
538 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
539 // found via name lookup.
540 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
541 unsigned ExtraQuals = 0;
542 if (BaseObject) {
543 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
544 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek0c97e042009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000545 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000546 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000547 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000548 ExtraQuals
549 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getCVRQualifiers();
550 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
551 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
552 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
553 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
554 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
555 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAsPointerType()) {
556 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
557 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
558 }
559 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getCVRQualifiers();
560 } else {
561 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
562 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
563 // program our base object expression is "this".
564 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
565 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
566 QualType AnonFieldType
567 = Context.getTagDeclType(
568 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
569 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
570 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
571 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
572 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
573 // Our base object expression is "this".
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000574 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000575 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000576 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
577 }
578 } else {
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000579 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
580 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000581 }
582 ExtraQuals = MD->getTypeQualifiers();
583 }
584
585 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000586 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
587 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000588 }
589
590 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
591 // anonymous struct/union.
592 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
593 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
594 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
595 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
596 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
597 if (!(*FI)->isMutable()) {
598 unsigned combinedQualifiers
599 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | ExtraQuals;
600 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
601 }
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000602 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
603 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000604 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
605 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000606 }
607
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000608 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000609}
610
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000611/// ActOnDeclarationNameExpr - The parser has read some kind of name
612/// (e.g., a C++ id-expression (C++ [expr.prim]p1)). This routine
613/// performs lookup on that name and returns an expression that refers
614/// to that name. This routine isn't directly called from the parser,
615/// because the parser doesn't know about DeclarationName. Rather,
616/// this routine is called by ActOnIdentifierExpr,
617/// ActOnOperatorFunctionIdExpr, and ActOnConversionFunctionExpr,
618/// which form the DeclarationName from the corresponding syntactic
619/// forms.
620///
621/// HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this identifier is used in a
622/// function call context. LookupCtx is only used for a C++
623/// qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the class or namespace that
624/// the identifier must be a member of.
Douglas Gregora133e262008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000625///
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000626/// isAddressOfOperand means that this expression is the direct operand
627/// of an address-of operator. This matters because this is the only
628/// situation where a qualified name referencing a non-static member may
629/// appear outside a member function of this class.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000630Sema::OwningExprResult
631Sema::ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
632 DeclarationName Name, bool HasTrailingLParen,
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000633 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000634 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000635 // Could be enum-constant, value decl, instance variable, etc.
Douglas Gregor52ae30c2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000636 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
637 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor47bde7c2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000638
639 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
640 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
641 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
642 // names a dependent type.
643 if (SS && isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
Douglas Gregor1e589cc2009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000644 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedDeclRefExpr(Name, Context.DependentTy,
645 Loc, SS->getRange(),
Douglas Gregor041e9292009-03-26 23:56:24 +0000646 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep())));
Douglas Gregor47bde7c2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000647 }
648
Douglas Gregor411889e2009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000649 LookupResult Lookup = LookupParsedName(S, SS, Name, LookupOrdinaryName,
650 false, true, Loc);
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000651
Douglas Gregor09be81b2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000652 NamedDecl *D = 0;
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000653 if (Lookup.isAmbiguous()) {
654 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Lookup, Name, Loc,
655 SS && SS->isSet() ? SS->getRange()
656 : SourceRange());
657 return ExprError();
658 } else
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000659 D = Lookup.getAsDecl();
Douglas Gregora133e262008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000660
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000661 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then ivar lookup happens as
662 // well.
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000663 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
664 if (II && getCurMethodDecl()) {
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000665 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
666 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000667 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
668 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
669 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000670 if (D == 0 || D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()) {
Argiris Kirtzidis95256e62008-06-28 06:07:14 +0000671 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000672 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000673 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(Context, II,
674 ClassDeclared)) {
Chris Lattner2a3bef92009-02-16 17:19:12 +0000675 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000676 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
677 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000678 bool IsClsMethod = getCurMethodDecl()->isClassMethod();
679 // If a class method attemps to use a free standing ivar, this is
680 // an error.
681 if (IsClsMethod && D && !D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod())
682 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
683 << IV->getDeclName());
684 // If a class method uses a global variable, even if an ivar with
685 // same name exists, use the global.
686 if (!IsClsMethod) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000687 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
688 ClassDeclared != IFace)
689 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000690 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't turn
691 // this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
692 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
693 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdentifierExpr(S, Loc, II, false);
694 ObjCIvarRefExpr *MRef = new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
695 Loc, static_cast<Expr*>(SelfExpr.release()),
696 true, true);
697 Context.setFieldDecl(IFace, IV, MRef);
698 return Owned(MRef);
699 }
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000700 }
701 }
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000702 else if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod()) {
703 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
704 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000705 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000706 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(Context, II,
707 ClassDeclared)) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000708 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
709 IFace == ClassDeclared)
710 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden)<<IV->getDeclName();
711 }
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000712 }
Steve Naroff0ccfaa42008-08-10 19:10:41 +0000713 // Needed to implement property "super.method" notation.
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000714 if (D == 0 && II->isStr("super")) {
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000715 QualType T;
716
717 if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod())
718 T = Context.getPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(
719 getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface()));
720 else
721 T = Context.getObjCClassType();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000722 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T));
Steve Naroff6f786252008-06-02 23:03:37 +0000723 }
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000724 }
Douglas Gregore2d88fd2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000725
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000726 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
727 // argument-dependent lookup.
728 bool ADL = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
729 HasTrailingLParen;
730
731 if (ADL && D == 0) {
Douglas Gregore2d88fd2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000732 // We've seen something of the form
733 //
734 // identifier(
735 //
736 // and we did not find any entity by the name
737 // "identifier". However, this identifier is still subject to
738 // argument-dependent lookup, so keep track of the name.
739 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr(Name,
740 Context.OverloadTy,
741 Loc));
742 }
743
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000744 if (D == 0) {
745 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
746 // in C90, extension in C99).
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000747 if (HasTrailingLParen && II &&
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000748 !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) // Not in C++.
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000749 D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(Loc, *II, S);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000750 else {
751 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function call,
752 // diagnose the problem.
Argiris Kirtzidis054a2632008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000753 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000754 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
755 << Name << SS->getRange());
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000756 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
757 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000758 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_use)
759 << Name.getAsString());
Argiris Kirtzidis054a2632008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000760 else
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000761 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_var_use) << Name);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000762 }
763 }
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000764
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000765 // If this is an expression of the form &Class::member, don't build an
766 // implicit member ref, because we want a pointer to the member in general,
767 // not any specific instance's member.
768 if (isAddressOfOperand && SS && !SS->isEmpty() && !HasTrailingLParen) {
Douglas Gregor734b4ba2009-03-19 00:18:19 +0000769 DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor09be81b2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000770 if (D && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000771 QualType DType;
772 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
773 DType = FD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
774 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
775 DType = Method->getType();
776 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
777 DType = Context.OverloadTy;
778 }
779 // Could be an inner type. That's diagnosed below, so ignore it here.
780 if (!DType.isNull()) {
781 // The pointer is type- and value-dependent if it points into something
782 // dependent.
783 bool Dependent = false;
784 for (; DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
785 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
786 if (DC->isRecord()) {
787 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
788 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
789 Dependent = true;
790 break;
791 }
792 }
793 }
Douglas Gregor09be81b2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000794 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(D, DType, Loc, Dependent, Dependent, SS));
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000795 }
796 }
797 }
798
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000799 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
800 // (C++ [class.union]).
801 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D))
802 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
803 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000804
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000805 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
806 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
807 // C++ [class.mfct.nonstatic]p2:
808 // [...] if name lookup (3.4.1) resolves the name in the
809 // id-expression to a nonstatic nontype member of class X or of
810 // a base class of X, the id-expression is transformed into a
811 // class member access expression (5.2.5) using (*this) (9.3.2)
812 // as the postfix-expression to the left of the '.' operator.
813 DeclContext *Ctx = 0;
814 QualType MemberType;
815 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
816 Ctx = FD->getDeclContext();
817 MemberType = FD->getType();
818
819 if (const ReferenceType *RefType = MemberType->getAsReferenceType())
820 MemberType = RefType->getPointeeType();
821 else if (!FD->isMutable()) {
822 unsigned combinedQualifiers
823 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | MD->getTypeQualifiers();
824 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
825 }
826 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
827 if (!Method->isStatic()) {
828 Ctx = Method->getParent();
829 MemberType = Method->getType();
830 }
831 } else if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
832 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
833 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator
834 Func = Ovl->function_begin(),
835 FuncEnd = Ovl->function_end();
836 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
837 if (CXXMethodDecl *DMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Func))
838 if (!DMethod->isStatic()) {
839 Ctx = Ovl->getDeclContext();
840 MemberType = Context.OverloadTy;
841 break;
842 }
843 }
844 }
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000845
846 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000847 QualType CtxType = Context.getTagDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx));
848 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
849 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(CtxType)
850 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
851 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, CtxType)) {
852 // Build the implicit member access expression.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000853 Expr *This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000854 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregor09be81b2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000855 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(This, true, D,
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000856 SourceLocation(), MemberType));
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000857 }
858 }
859 }
860 }
861
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000862 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
Argiris Kirtzidis38f16712008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000863 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
864 if (MD->isStatic())
865 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000866 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
867 << FD->getDeclName());
Argiris Kirtzidis38f16712008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000868 }
869
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000870 // Any other ways we could have found the field in a well-formed
871 // program would have been turned into implicit member expressions
872 // above.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000873 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
874 << FD->getDeclName());
Argiris Kirtzidis38f16712008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000875 }
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000876
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000877 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000878 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << Name);
Ted Kremenek42730c52008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000879 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000880 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << Name);
Argiris Kirtzidis03e6aaf2008-04-27 13:50:30 +0000881 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000882 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << Name);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000883
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000884 // Make the DeclRefExpr or BlockDeclRefExpr for the decl.
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000885 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000886 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(Ovl, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
887 false, false, SS));
Douglas Gregor35d81bb2009-02-09 23:23:08 +0000888 else if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
889 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(Template, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
890 false, false, SS));
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000891 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000892
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000893 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
894 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
895 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
896 // that overload resolution actually selects.
897 if (!(ADL && isa<FunctionDecl>(VD)) && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
898 return ExprError();
899
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000900 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD)) {
Chris Lattner2a3bef92009-02-16 17:19:12 +0000901 // Warn about constructs like:
902 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
903 // In the else block, the pointer is always false.
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000904 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
905 Scope *CheckS = S;
906 while (CheckS) {
907 if (CheckS->isWithinElse() &&
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000908 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) {
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000909 if (Var->getType()->isBooleanType())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000910 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_false)
911 << Var->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000912 else
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000913 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
914 << Var->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000915 break;
916 }
917
918 // Move up one more control parent to check again.
919 CheckS = CheckS->getControlParent();
920 if (CheckS)
921 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
922 }
923 }
Douglas Gregor1f88aa72009-02-25 16:33:18 +0000924 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(VD)) {
925 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
926 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
927 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
928 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
929 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
930 // type.
931 QualType T = Func->getType();
932 QualType NoProtoType = T;
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000933 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAsFunctionProtoType())
934 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
Douglas Gregor1f88aa72009-02-25 16:33:18 +0000935 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, NoProtoType, Loc, false, false, SS));
936 }
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000937 }
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000938
939 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
940 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000941 return ExprError();
942
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000943 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
944 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
945 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
946 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000947 //
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000948 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
949 // as they do not get snapshotted.
950 //
951 if (CurBlock && ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(CurBlock, VD)) {
Mike Stumpae93d652009-02-19 22:01:56 +0000952 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
953 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
954
Eli Friedman9c2b33f2009-03-22 23:00:19 +0000955 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +0000956 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
957 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Eli Friedman9c2b33f2009-03-22 23:00:19 +0000958 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true));
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000959
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +0000960 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
Eli Friedman9c2b33f2009-03-22 23:00:19 +0000961 ExprTy.addConst();
962 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false));
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +0000963 }
964 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
965 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000966
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000967 bool TypeDependent = false;
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +0000968 bool ValueDependent = false;
969 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
970 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
971 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
972 // - an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
973 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType())
974 TypeDependent = true;
975 // - FIXME: a template-id that is dependent,
976 // - a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
977 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
978 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType())
979 TypeDependent = true;
980 // - a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
981 // names a dependent type.
982 else if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Douglas Gregor734b4ba2009-03-19 00:18:19 +0000983 for (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +0000984 DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
985 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000986 if (DC->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +0000987 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
988 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
989 TypeDependent = true;
990 break;
991 }
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000992 }
993 }
994 }
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000995
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +0000996 // C++ [temp.dep.constexpr]p2:
997 //
998 // An identifier is value-dependent if it is:
999 // - a name declared with a dependent type,
1000 if (TypeDependent)
1001 ValueDependent = true;
1002 // - the name of a non-type template parameter,
1003 else if (isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(VD))
1004 ValueDependent = true;
1005 // - a constant with integral or enumeration type and is
1006 // initialized with an expression that is value-dependent
1007 // (FIXME!).
1008 }
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001009
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001010 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc,
1011 TypeDependent, ValueDependent, SS));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001012}
1013
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001014Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
1015 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattner69909292008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001016 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001017
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001018 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattnere12ca5d2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001019 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattner69909292008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001020 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
1021 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
1022 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001023 }
Chris Lattnere12ca5d2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001024
Chris Lattner7e637512008-01-12 08:14:25 +00001025 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
1026 // string.
Chris Lattnerfc9511c2008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001027 unsigned Length;
Chris Lattnere5cb5862008-12-04 23:50:19 +00001028 if (FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
1029 Length = FD->getIdentifier()->getLength();
Chris Lattnerbce5e4f2008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001030 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
1031 Length = MD->getSynthesizedMethodSize();
1032 else {
1033 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
1034 // __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ -> "top level", the others produce an empty string.
1035 Length = IT == PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction ? strlen("top level") : 0;
1036 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001037
1038
Chris Lattnerfc9511c2008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001039 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
Chris Lattnere12ca5d2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001040 QualType ResTy = Context.CharTy.getQualifiedType(QualType::Const);
Chris Lattnerfc9511c2008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001041 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001042 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001043}
1044
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001045Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001046 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
1047 CharBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength());
1048 const char *ThisTokBegin = &CharBuffer[0];
1049 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001050
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001051 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1052 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1053 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001054 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner6b22fb72008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001055
1056 QualType type = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.CharTy : Context.IntTy;
1057
Sebastian Redl75324932009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001058 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1059 Literal.isWide(),
1060 type, Tok.getLocation()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001061}
1062
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001063Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
1064 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001065 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1066 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattnerc374f8b2009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001067 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattnerfd5f1432009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001068 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001069 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroffe5f128a2009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001070 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001071 }
Ted Kremenekdbde2282009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001072
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001073 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattner46d91342008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001074 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1075 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001076 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001077
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001078 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
1079 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001080
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001081 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1082 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1083 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001084 return ExprError();
1085
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001086 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001087
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001088 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattner858eece2007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001089 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001090 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattner858eece2007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001091 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001092 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattner858eece2007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001093 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001094 else
Chris Lattnerfc18dcc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001095 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001096
1097 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1098
Ted Kremenekddedbe22007-11-29 00:56:49 +00001099 // isExact will be set by GetFloatValue().
1100 bool isExact = false;
Sebastian Redl75324932009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001101 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Literal.GetFloatValue(Format, &isExact),
1102 &isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001103
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001104 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001105 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001106 } else {
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001107 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001108
Neil Booth7421e9c2007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001109 // long long is a C99 feature.
1110 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth9bd47082007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001111 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Booth7421e9c2007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001112 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1113
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001114 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner8cd0e932008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001115 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001116
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001117 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1118 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
1119 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001120 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1121 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner8cd0e932008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001122 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001123 } else {
1124 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
1125 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001126
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001127 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
1128 // be an unsigned int.
1129 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
1130
1131 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001132 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner98540b62007-08-23 21:58:08 +00001133 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
1134 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001135 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001136
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001137 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
1138 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
1139 // Does it fit in a signed int?
1140 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001141 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001142 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001143 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001144 Width = IntSize;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001145 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001146 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001147
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001148 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001149 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001150 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001151
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001152 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
1153 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
1154 // Does it fit in a signed long?
1155 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001156 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001157 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001158 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001159 Width = LongSize;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001160 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001161 }
1162
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001163 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001164 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001165 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001166
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001167 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1168 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1169 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1170 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001171 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001172 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001173 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001174 Width = LongLongSize;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001175 }
1176 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001177
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001178 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1179 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001180 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001181 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001182 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001183 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001184 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001185
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001186 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1187 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001188 }
Sebastian Redl75324932009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001189 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001190 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001191
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001192 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1193 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001194 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
1195 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001196
1197 return Owned(Res);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001198}
1199
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001200Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1201 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
1202 Expr *E = (Expr *)Val.release();
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001203 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001204 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001205}
1206
1207/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
1208/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001209bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001210 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1211 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1212 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001213 if (exprType->isDependentType())
1214 return false;
1215
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001216 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001217 if (isa<FunctionType>(exprType)) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001218 // alignof(function) is allowed.
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001219 if (isSizeof)
1220 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
1221 return false;
1222 }
1223
1224 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001225 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
1226 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001227 return false;
1228 }
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001229
Douglas Gregorc84d8932009-03-09 16:13:40 +00001230 return RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001231 isSizeof ? diag::err_sizeof_incomplete_type :
1232 diag::err_alignof_incomplete_type,
1233 ExprRange);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001234}
1235
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001236bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1237 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
1238 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001239
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001240 // alignof decl is always ok.
1241 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
1242 return false;
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001243
1244 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
1245 if (E->isTypeDependent())
1246 return false;
1247
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001248 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
1249 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) {
1250 if (FD->isBitField()) {
Chris Lattner364a42d2009-01-24 21:29:22 +00001251 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001252 return true;
1253 }
1254 // Other fields are ok.
1255 return false;
1256 }
1257 }
1258 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
1259}
1260
Douglas Gregor396f1142009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001261/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
1262Action::OwningExprResult
1263Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(QualType T, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1264 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1265 if (T.isNull())
1266 return ExprError();
1267
1268 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
1269 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf))
1270 return ExprError();
1271
1272 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1273 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, T,
1274 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1275 R.getEnd()));
1276}
1277
1278/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
1279/// operand.
1280Action::OwningExprResult
1281Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1282 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1283 // Verify that the operand is valid.
1284 bool isInvalid = false;
1285 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
1286 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
1287 } else if (!isSizeOf) {
1288 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
1289 } else if (E->isBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
1290 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
1291 isInvalid = true;
1292 } else {
1293 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true);
1294 }
1295
1296 if (isInvalid)
1297 return ExprError();
1298
1299 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1300 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E,
1301 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1302 R.getEnd()));
1303}
1304
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001305/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
1306/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
1307/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001308Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001309Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
1310 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001311 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001312 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001313
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001314 if (isType) {
Douglas Gregor396f1142009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001315 QualType ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrEx);
1316 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgTy, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange);
1317 }
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001318
Douglas Gregor396f1142009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001319 // Get the end location.
1320 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
1321 Action::OwningExprResult Result
1322 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange());
1323
1324 if (Result.isInvalid())
1325 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
1326
1327 return move(Result);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001328}
1329
Chris Lattner57e5f7e2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001330QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001331 if (V->isTypeDependent())
1332 return Context.DependentTy;
1333
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001334 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(V);
1335
Chris Lattnera16e42d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001336 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001337 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAsComplexType())
1338 return CT->getElementType();
Chris Lattnera16e42d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001339
1340 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
1341 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
1342 return V->getType();
1343
1344 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattner57e5f7e2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001345 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
1346 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnera16e42d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001347 return QualType();
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001348}
1349
1350
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001351
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001352Action::OwningExprResult
1353Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1354 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
1355 Expr *Arg = (Expr *)Input.get();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001356
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001357 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
1358 switch (Kind) {
1359 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
1360 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
1361 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
1362 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001363
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001364 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1365 (Arg->getType()->isRecordType() || Arg->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
1366 // Which overloaded operator?
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001367 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp =
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001368 (Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc)? OO_PlusPlus : OO_MinusMinus;
1369
1370 // C++ [over.inc]p1:
1371 //
1372 // [...] If the function is a member function with one
1373 // parameter (which shall be of type int) or a non-member
1374 // function with two parameters (the second of which shall be
1375 // of type int), it defines the postfix increment operator ++
1376 // for objects of that type. When the postfix increment is
1377 // called as a result of using the ++ operator, the int
1378 // argument will have value zero.
1379 Expr *Args[2] = {
1380 Arg,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001381 new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(Context.Target.getIntWidth(), 0,
1382 /*isSigned=*/true), Context.IntTy, SourceLocation())
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001383 };
1384
1385 // Build the candidate set for overloading
1386 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001387 AddOperatorCandidates(OverOp, S, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001388
1389 // Perform overload resolution.
1390 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
1391 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Best)) {
1392 case OR_Success: {
1393 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1394 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1395
1396 if (FnDecl) {
1397 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1398 // operator.
1399
1400 // Convert the arguments.
1401 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1402 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Arg, Method))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001403 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001404 } else {
1405 // Convert the arguments.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001406 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg,
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001407 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1408 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001409 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001410 }
1411
1412 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001413 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001414 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1415 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001416
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001417 // Build the actual expression node.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001418 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
Mike Stump6d8e5732009-02-19 02:54:59 +00001419 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001420 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1421
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001422 Input.release();
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001423 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OverOp, FnExpr,
1424 Args, 2, ResultTy,
1425 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001426 } else {
1427 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1428 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1429 // operator node.
1430 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1431 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001432 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001433
1434 break;
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001435 }
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001436 }
1437
1438 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1439 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1440 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1441 break;
1442
1443 case OR_Ambiguous:
1444 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1445 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1446 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1447 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001448 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001449
1450 case OR_Deleted:
1451 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1452 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1453 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1454 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1455 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1456 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001457 }
1458
1459 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1460 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1461 // build a built-in operation.
1462 }
1463
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00001464 QualType result = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Arg, OpLoc,
1465 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001466 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001467 return ExprError();
1468 Input.release();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001469 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Arg, Opc, result, OpLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001470}
1471
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001472Action::OwningExprResult
1473Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1474 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
1475 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
1476 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001477
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001478 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001479 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedmane658bf52008-12-15 22:34:21 +00001480 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
1481 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
1482 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001483 // Add the appropriate overloaded operators (C++ [over.match.oper])
1484 // to the candidate set.
1485 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
1486 Expr *Args[2] = { LHSExp, RHSExp };
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001487 AddOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, S, LLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
1488 SourceRange(LLoc, RLoc));
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001489
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001490 // Perform overload resolution.
1491 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
1492 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Best)) {
1493 case OR_Success: {
1494 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1495 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1496
1497 if (FnDecl) {
1498 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1499 // operator.
1500
1501 // Convert the arguments.
1502 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1503 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(LHSExp, Method) ||
1504 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1505 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1506 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001507 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001508 } else {
1509 // Convert the arguments.
1510 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp,
1511 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1512 "passing") ||
1513 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1514 FnDecl->getParamDecl(1)->getType(),
1515 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001516 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001517 }
1518
1519 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001520 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001521 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1522 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001523
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001524 // Build the actual expression node.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001525 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
1526 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001527 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1528
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001529 Base.release();
1530 Idx.release();
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001531 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Subscript,
1532 FnExpr, Args, 2,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001533 ResultTy, LLoc));
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001534 } else {
1535 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1536 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1537 // operator node.
1538 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1539 "passing") ||
1540 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
1541 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001542 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001543
1544 break;
1545 }
1546 }
1547
1548 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1549 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1550 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1551 break;
1552
1553 case OR_Ambiguous:
1554 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1555 << "[]"
1556 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1557 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001558 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001559
1560 case OR_Deleted:
1561 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1562 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1563 << "[]"
1564 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1565 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1566 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001567 }
1568
1569 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1570 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1571 // build a built-in operation.
1572 }
1573
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001574 // Perform default conversions.
1575 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LHSExp);
1576 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001577
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001578 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1579
1580 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00001581 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001582 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001583 // and index from the expression types.
1584 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
1585 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001586 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
1587 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1588 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1589 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
1590 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001591 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1592 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1593 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1594 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattner7931f4a2007-07-31 16:53:04 +00001595 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001596 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
1597 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1598 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
1599 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1600 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattnere35a1042007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001601 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAsVectorType()) {
1602 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001603 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begeman57385472009-01-18 00:45:31 +00001604
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001605 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1606 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
1607 } else {
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001608 return ExprError(Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(),
1609 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value) << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
1610 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001611 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001612 if (!IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001613 return ExprError(Diag(IndexExpr->getLocStart(),
1614 diag::err_typecheck_subscript) << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001615
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001616 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
1617 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
1618 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
1619 // incomplete types are not object types.
1620 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
1621 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
1622 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1623 return ExprError();
1624 }
1625 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
1626 RequireCompleteType(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), ResultType,
1627 diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type,
1628 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
1629 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001630
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001631 Base.release();
1632 Idx.release();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001633 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001634 ResultType, RLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001635}
1636
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001637QualType Sema::
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001638CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001639 IdentifierInfo &CompName, SourceLocation CompLoc) {
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001640 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAsExtVectorType();
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001641
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001642 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
1643 const char *compStr = CompName.getName();
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001644
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001645 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001646 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
1647 // to be selected.
1648 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001649
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001650 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
1651 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
1652 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's';
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001653
1654 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
1655 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001656 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001657 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
1658 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001659 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner9096b792007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001660 do
1661 compStr++;
1662 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001663 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner9096b792007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001664 do
1665 compStr++;
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001666 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner9096b792007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001667 }
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001668
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001669 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001670 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
1671 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001672 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
1673 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001674 return QualType();
1675 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001676
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001677 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
1678 // operates on.
1679 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
1680 compStr = CompName.getName();
1681
1682 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001683 compStr++;
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001684
1685 while (*compStr) {
1686 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
1687 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
1688 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
1689 return QualType();
1690 }
1691 }
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001692 }
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001693
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001694 // If this is a halving swizzle, verify that the base type has an even
1695 // number of elements.
1696 if (HalvingSwizzle && (vecType->getNumElements() & 1U)) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001697 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_requires_even)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00001698 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001699 return QualType();
1700 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001701
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001702 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001703 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001704 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001705 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001706 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001707 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? vecType->getNumElements() / 2
1708 : CompName.getLength();
1709 if (HexSwizzle)
1710 CompSize--;
1711
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001712 if (CompSize == 1)
1713 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001714
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001715 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001716 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001717 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
1718 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
1719 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
1720 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroff82113e32007-07-29 16:33:31 +00001721 }
1722 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001723}
1724
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001725static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl,
1726 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001727 const Selector &Sel,
1728 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001729
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001730 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context, &Member))
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001731 return PD;
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001732 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Context, Sel))
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001733 return OMD;
1734
1735 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(),
1736 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001737 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel,
1738 Context))
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001739 return D;
1740 }
1741 return 0;
1742}
1743
1744static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCQualifiedIdType *QIdTy,
1745 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001746 const Selector &Sel,
1747 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001748 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
1749 Decl *GDecl = 0;
1750 for (ObjCQualifiedIdType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
1751 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001752 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context, &Member)) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001753 GDecl = PD;
1754 break;
1755 }
1756 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001757 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Context, Sel)) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001758 GDecl = OMD;
1759 break;
1760 }
1761 }
1762 if (!GDecl) {
1763 for (ObjCQualifiedIdType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
1764 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
1765 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol.
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001766 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, Context);
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001767 if (GDecl)
1768 return GDecl;
1769 }
1770 }
1771 return GDecl;
1772}
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00001773
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00001774/// FindMethodInNestedImplementations - Look up a method in current and
1775/// all base class implementations.
1776///
1777ObjCMethodDecl *Sema::FindMethodInNestedImplementations(
1778 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace,
1779 const Selector &Sel) {
1780 ObjCMethodDecl *Method = 0;
1781 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl =
1782 Sema::ObjCImplementations[IFace->getIdentifier()])
1783 Method = ImpDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel);
1784
1785 if (!Method && IFace->getSuperClass())
1786 return FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace->getSuperClass(), Sel);
1787 return Method;
1788}
1789
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001790Action::OwningExprResult
1791Sema::ActOnMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1792 tok::TokenKind OpKind, SourceLocation MemberLoc,
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00001793 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00001794 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl) {
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001795 Expr *BaseExpr = static_cast<Expr *>(Base.release());
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001796 assert(BaseExpr && "no record expression");
Steve Naroff137e11d2007-12-16 21:42:28 +00001797
1798 // Perform default conversions.
1799 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001800
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001801 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
1802 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001803
Chris Lattnerb2b9da72008-07-21 04:36:39 +00001804 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
1805 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001806 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
Chris Lattner7931f4a2007-07-31 16:53:04 +00001807 if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAsPointerType())
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001808 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor7f3fec52008-11-20 16:27:02 +00001809 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && BaseType->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001810 return Owned(BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(S, BaseExpr, OpLoc,
1811 MemberLoc, Member));
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001812 else
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001813 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
1814 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
1815 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001816 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001817
Chris Lattnerb2b9da72008-07-21 04:36:39 +00001818 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access to fields
1819 // of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Chris Lattnere35a1042007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001820 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAsRecordType()) {
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001821 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Douglas Gregorc84d8932009-03-09 16:13:40 +00001822 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType,
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00001823 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag,
1824 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
1825 return ExprError();
1826
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001827 // The record definition is complete, now make sure the member is valid.
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +00001828 // FIXME: Qualified name lookup for C++ is a bit more complicated
1829 // than this.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001830 LookupResult Result
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001831 = LookupQualifiedName(RDecl, DeclarationName(&Member),
Douglas Gregor52ae30c2009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001832 LookupMemberName, false);
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001833
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001834 if (!Result)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001835 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
1836 << &Member << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001837 if (Result.isAmbiguous()) {
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001838 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Result, DeclarationName(&Member),
1839 MemberLoc, BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
1840 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001841 }
1842
1843 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = Result;
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +00001844
Chris Lattnerfd57ecc2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00001845 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
1846 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
1847 // error cases.
1848 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
1849 return ExprError();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001850
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001851 // Check the use of this field
1852 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc))
1853 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerfd57ecc2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00001854
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001855 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001856 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
1857 // (C++ [class.union]).
1858 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001859 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001860 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001861
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001862 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
1863 // FIXME: Handle address space modifiers
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001864 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001865 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAsReferenceType())
1866 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
1867 else {
1868 unsigned combinedQualifiers =
1869 MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | BaseType.getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001870 if (FD->isMutable())
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001871 combinedQualifiers &= ~QualType::Const;
1872 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
1873 }
Eli Friedman76b49832008-02-06 22:48:16 +00001874
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001875 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, FD,
1876 MemberLoc, MemberType));
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001877 }
1878
1879 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl))
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001880 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001881 Var, MemberLoc,
1882 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
1883 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl))
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001884 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001885 MemberFn, MemberLoc,
1886 MemberFn->getType()));
1887 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
1888 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemberDecl))
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001889 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, Ovl,
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001890 MemberLoc, Context.OverloadTy));
1891 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl))
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001892 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
1893 Enum, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001894 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001895 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
1896 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Eli Friedman76b49832008-02-06 22:48:16 +00001897
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001898 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
1899 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
1900 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001901 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
1902 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
1903 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00001904 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001905
Chris Lattnere9d71612008-07-21 04:59:05 +00001906 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
1907 // (*Obj).ivar.
Chris Lattnerb2b9da72008-07-21 04:36:39 +00001908 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfaceType()) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00001909 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001910 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFTy->getDecl()->lookupInstanceVariable(Context,
1911 &Member,
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00001912 ClassDeclared)) {
Chris Lattnerfd57ecc2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00001913 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
1914 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
1915 // error cases.
1916 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
1917 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001918
1919 // Check whether we can reference this field.
1920 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
1921 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff8c56ee02009-03-26 16:01:08 +00001922 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public &&
1923 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00001924 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
1925 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
1926 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00001927 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
1928 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
1929 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
1930 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass down
1931 // the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context need
1932 // be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the AST
1933 // for a function decl.
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00001934 Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>();
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00001935 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
1936 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl))
1937 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
1938 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
1939 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl))
1940 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
Steve Narofff9606572009-03-04 18:34:24 +00001941 }
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001942
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00001943 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00001944 if (ClassDeclared != IFTy->getDecl() ||
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00001945 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00001946 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
1947 }
1948 // @protected
1949 else if (!IFTy->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
1950 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
1951 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001952
1953 ObjCIvarRefExpr *MRef= new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001954 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
Fariborz Jahanianea944842008-12-18 17:29:46 +00001955 OpKind == tok::arrow);
1956 Context.setFieldDecl(IFTy->getDecl(), IV, MRef);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001957 return Owned(MRef);
Fariborz Jahanian09772392008-12-13 22:20:28 +00001958 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001959 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
1960 << IFTy->getDecl()->getDeclName() << &Member
1961 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00001962 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001963
Chris Lattnere9d71612008-07-21 04:59:05 +00001964 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
1965 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
1966 const PointerType *PTy;
1967 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy;
1968 if (OpKind == tok::period && (PTy = BaseType->getAsPointerType()) &&
1969 (IFTy = PTy->getPointeeType()->getAsObjCInterfaceType())) {
1970 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFTy->getDecl();
Daniel Dunbardd851282008-08-30 05:35:15 +00001971
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00001972 // Search for a declared property first.
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001973 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context,
1974 &Member)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001975 // Check whether we can reference this property.
1976 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
1977 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00001978
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001979 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00001980 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
1981 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001982
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00001983 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Chris Lattnerd5f81792008-07-21 05:20:01 +00001984 for (ObjCInterfaceType::qual_iterator I = IFTy->qual_begin(),
1985 E = IFTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001986 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context,
1987 &Member)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001988 // Check whether we can reference this property.
1989 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
1990 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00001991
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001992 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00001993 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
1994 }
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00001995
1996 // If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary
1997 // selector is implemented.
1998
1999 // FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be
2000 // shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage.
2001
2002 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002003 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Context, Sel);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002004
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002005 // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods.
2006 if (!Getter)
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002007 Getter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, Sel);
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002008
Steve Naroff04151f32008-10-22 19:16:27 +00002009 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2010 if (!Getter) {
2011 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Getter; i++) {
2012 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
2013 Getter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getInstanceMethod(Sel);
2014 }
2015 }
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002016 if (Getter) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002017 // Check if we can reference this property.
2018 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2019 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002020 }
2021 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2022 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2023 Selector SetterSel =
2024 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2025 PP.getSelectorTable(), &Member);
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002026 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Context, SetterSel);
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002027 if (!Setter) {
2028 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2029 // methods.
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002030 Setter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, SetterSel);
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002031 }
2032 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2033 if (!Setter) {
2034 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Setter; i++) {
2035 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
2036 Setter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Fariborz Jahanianc05da422008-11-22 20:25:50 +00002037 }
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002038 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002039
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002040 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2041 return ExprError();
2042
2043 if (Getter || Setter) {
2044 QualType PType;
2045
2046 if (Getter)
2047 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2048 else {
2049 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Setter->param_begin(),
2050 E = Setter->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
2051 PType = (*PI)->getType();
2052 }
2053 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2054 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCKVCRefExpr(Getter, PType,
2055 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2056 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002057 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2058 << &Member << BaseType);
Fariborz Jahanian4af72492007-11-12 22:29:28 +00002059 }
Steve Naroffd1d44402008-10-20 22:53:06 +00002060 // Handle properties on qualified "id" protocols.
2061 const ObjCQualifiedIdType *QIdTy;
2062 if (OpKind == tok::period && (QIdTy = BaseType->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
2063 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002064 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002065 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel, Context)) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002066 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002067 // Check the use of this declaration
2068 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2069 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002070
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002071 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002072 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2073 }
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002074 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002075 // Check the use of this method.
2076 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
2077 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002078
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002079 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(BaseExpr, Sel,
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002080 OMD->getResultType(),
2081 OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc,
2082 NULL, 0));
Fariborz Jahanian94cc8232008-12-10 00:21:50 +00002083 }
2084 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002085
2086 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2087 << &Member << BaseType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002088 }
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002089 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
2090 if (OpKind == tok::period && (BaseType == Context.getObjCClassType())) {
2091 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
2092 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
2093 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002094 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
2095 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter;
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002096 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002097 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Context, Sel))) {
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002098 // Check the use of this method.
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002099 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002100 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002101 }
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002102 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2103 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2104 Selector SetterSel =
2105 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2106 PP.getSelectorTable(), &Member);
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002107 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Context, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002108 if (!Setter) {
2109 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2110 // methods.
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002111 Setter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002112 }
2113 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2114 if (!Setter) {
2115 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Setter; i++) {
2116 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
2117 Setter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassMethod(SetterSel);
2118 }
2119 }
2120
2121 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2122 return ExprError();
2123
2124 if (Getter || Setter) {
2125 QualType PType;
2126
2127 if (Getter)
2128 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2129 else {
2130 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Setter->param_begin(),
2131 E = Setter->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
2132 PType = (*PI)->getType();
2133 }
2134 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2135 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCKVCRefExpr(Getter, PType,
2136 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2137 }
2138 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2139 << &Member << BaseType);
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002140 }
2141 }
2142
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002143 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner09020ee2009-02-16 21:11:58 +00002144 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002145 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
2146 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002147 return ExprError();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002148 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, Member,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002149 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002150 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002151
Douglas Gregor762da552009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002152 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
2153 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2154
2155 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function or function
2156 // pointer, it's probably because they forgot parentheses to call
2157 // the function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses.
2158 if (BaseType == Context.OverloadTy ||
2159 BaseType->isFunctionType() ||
2160 (BaseType->isPointerType() &&
2161 BaseType->getAsPointerType()->isFunctionType())) {
2162 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd());
2163 Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_reference_needs_call)
2164 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()");
2165 }
2166
2167 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002168}
2169
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002170/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
2171/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
2172/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
2173/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
2174/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
2175/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002176bool
2177Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002178 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002179 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002180 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2181 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002182 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002183 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
2184 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2185 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
Douglas Gregor4ac887b2009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002186 bool Invalid = false;
2187
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002188 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
2189 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
2190 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
2191 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
2192 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
2193 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
2194 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
2195 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
Ted Kremenek0c97e042009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002196 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002197 }
2198
2199 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
2200 // them.
2201 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
2202 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
2203 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2204 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
2205 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
2206 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2207 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
2208 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek0c97e042009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002209 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor4ac887b2009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002210 Invalid = true;
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002211 }
2212 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
2213 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002214
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002215 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
2216 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
2217 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002218
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002219 Expr *Arg;
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002220 if (i < NumArgs) {
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002221 Arg = Args[i];
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002222
Eli Friedman83dec9e2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002223 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2224 ProtoArgType,
2225 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument,
2226 Arg->getSourceRange()))
2227 return true;
2228
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002229 // Pass the argument.
2230 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, ProtoArgType, "passing"))
2231 return true;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002232 } else
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002233 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002234 Arg = new (Context) CXXDefaultArgExpr(FDecl->getParamDecl(i));
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002235 QualType ArgType = Arg->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002236
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002237 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2238 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002239
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002240 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
2241 if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +00002242 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicFunction;
2243 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
2244 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
2245 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
2246 CallType = VariadicMethod;
2247
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002248 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
2249 for (unsigned i = NumArgsInProto; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2250 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattner81f00ed2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00002251 Invalid |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002252 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2253 }
2254 }
2255
Douglas Gregor4ac887b2009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002256 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002257}
2258
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002259/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002260/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
2261/// locations.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002262Action::OwningExprResult
2263Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2264 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002265 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002266 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
2267 Expr *Fn = static_cast<Expr *>(fn.release());
2268 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002269 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Chris Lattner3e254fb2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002270 FunctionDecl *FDecl = NULL;
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002271 DeclarationName UnqualifiedName;
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002272
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002273 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002274 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002275 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002276 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in Fn.
2277 bool Dependent = false;
2278 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
2279 Dependent = true;
2280 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
2281 Dependent = true;
2282
2283 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenek362abcd2009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002284 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002285 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
2286
2287 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
2288 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
2289 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2290 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
2291
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002292 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002293 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Fn->IgnoreParens()))
2294 if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl()) ||
2295 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl()))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002296 return Owned(BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2297 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002298 }
2299
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002300 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +00002301 DeclRefExpr *DRExpr = NULL;
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002302 Expr *FnExpr = Fn;
2303 bool ADL = true;
2304 while (true) {
2305 if (ImplicitCastExpr *IcExpr = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(FnExpr))
2306 FnExpr = IcExpr->getSubExpr();
2307 else if (ParenExpr *PExpr = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(FnExpr)) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002308 // Parentheses around a function disable ADL
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002309 // (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002310 ADL = false;
2311 FnExpr = PExpr->getSubExpr();
2312 } else if (isa<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr) &&
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002313 cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getOpcode()
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002314 == UnaryOperator::AddrOf) {
2315 FnExpr = cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getSubExpr();
Chris Lattnere50fb0b2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002316 } else if ((DRExpr = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(FnExpr))) {
2317 // Qualified names disable ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
2318 ADL &= !isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(DRExpr);
2319 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002320 } else if (UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr *DepName
Chris Lattnere50fb0b2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002321 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2322 UnqualifiedName = DepName->getName();
2323 break;
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002324 } else {
Chris Lattnere50fb0b2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002325 // Any kind of name that does not refer to a declaration (or
2326 // set of declarations) disables ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3).
2327 ADL = false;
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002328 break;
2329 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002330 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002331
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002332 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = 0;
2333 if (DRExpr) {
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002334 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002335 Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
2336 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002337
Douglas Gregorfcb19192009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002338 if (Ovl || (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (FDecl || UnqualifiedName))) {
Douglas Gregor411889e2009-02-13 23:20:09 +00002339 // We don't perform ADL for implicit declarations of builtins.
Douglas Gregorb5af7382009-02-14 18:57:46 +00002340 if (FDecl && FDecl->getBuiltinID(Context) && FDecl->isImplicit())
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002341 ADL = false;
2342
Douglas Gregorfcb19192009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002343 // We don't perform ADL in C.
2344 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2345 ADL = false;
2346
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002347 if (Ovl || ADL) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002348 FDecl = ResolveOverloadedCallFn(Fn, DRExpr? DRExpr->getDecl() : 0,
2349 UnqualifiedName, LParenLoc, Args,
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002350 NumArgs, CommaLocs, RParenLoc, ADL);
2351 if (!FDecl)
2352 return ExprError();
2353
2354 // Update Fn to refer to the actual function selected.
2355 Expr *NewFn = 0;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002356 if (QualifiedDeclRefExpr *QDRExpr
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002357 = dyn_cast_or_null<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(DRExpr))
Douglas Gregor1e589cc2009-03-26 23:50:42 +00002358 NewFn = new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
2359 QDRExpr->getLocation(),
2360 false, false,
2361 QDRExpr->getQualifierRange(),
2362 QDRExpr->getQualifier());
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002363 else
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002364 NewFn = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002365 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin());
2366 Fn->Destroy(Context);
2367 Fn = NewFn;
2368 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002369 }
Chris Lattner3e254fb2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002370
2371 // Promote the function operand.
2372 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
2373
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002374 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
2375 // of arguments and function on error.
Ted Kremenek362abcd2009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002376 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
2377 Args, NumArgs,
2378 Context.BoolTy,
2379 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002380
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002381 const FunctionType *FuncT;
2382 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
2383 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
2384 // have type pointer to function".
2385 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAsPointerType();
2386 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002387 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2388 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002389 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType();
2390 } else { // This is a block call.
2391 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType()->
2392 getAsFunctionType();
2393 }
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002394 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002395 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2396 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
2397
Eli Friedman83dec9e2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002398 // Check for a valid return type
2399 if (!FuncT->getResultType()->isVoidType() &&
2400 RequireCompleteType(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2401 FuncT->getResultType(),
2402 diag::err_call_incomplete_return,
2403 TheCall->getSourceRange()))
2404 return ExprError();
2405
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002406 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor2aecd1f2008-10-29 02:00:59 +00002407 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002408
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002409 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002410 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002411 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002412 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002413 } else {
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002414 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002415
Douglas Gregora8f2ae62009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002416 if (FDecl) {
2417 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
2418 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
2419 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
Douglas Gregore3241e92009-04-18 00:02:19 +00002420 if (FDecl->getBody(Context, Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size())
Douglas Gregora8f2ae62009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002421 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
2422 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
2423 }
2424
Steve Naroffdb65e052007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002425 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002426 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2427 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
2428 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
Eli Friedman83dec9e2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002429 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2430 Arg->getType(),
2431 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument,
2432 Arg->getSourceRange()))
2433 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002434 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroffdb65e052007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002435 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002436 }
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002437
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002438 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
2439 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002440 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
2441 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002442
Chris Lattner2e64c072007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002443 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Eli Friedmand0e9d092008-05-14 19:38:39 +00002444 if (FDecl)
2445 return CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.take());
Chris Lattner2e64c072007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002446
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002447 return Owned(TheCall.take());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002448}
2449
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002450Action::OwningExprResult
2451Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
2452 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002453 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002454 QualType literalType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
2455 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002456 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002457 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlsson9374b852007-12-05 07:24:19 +00002458
Eli Friedman8c2173d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002459 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattnera1923f62008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002460 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002461 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
2462 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregorc84d8932009-03-09 16:13:40 +00002463 } else if (RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002464 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type,
2465 SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002466 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman8c2173d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002467
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002468 if (CheckInitializerTypes(literalExpr, literalType, LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregor6214d8a2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002469 DeclarationName(), /*FIXME:DirectInit=*/false))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002470 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffbe37fc02008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002471
Chris Lattnere5cb5862008-12-04 23:50:19 +00002472 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffbe37fc02008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002473 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Narofff0b23542008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002474 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002475 return ExprError();
Steve Narofff0b23542008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002476 }
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002477 InitExpr.release();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002478 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, literalType,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002479 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002480}
2481
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002482Action::OwningExprResult
2483Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002484 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
2485 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
2486 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson762b7c72007-08-31 04:56:16 +00002487
Steve Naroff0acc9c92007-09-15 18:49:24 +00002488 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002489 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002490
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002491 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit,
Douglas Gregorf603b472009-01-28 21:54:33 +00002492 RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00002493 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002494 return Owned(E);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002495}
2496
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002497/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Daniel Dunbar5ad49de2008-08-20 03:55:42 +00002498bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr) {
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002499 UsualUnaryConversions(castExpr);
2500
2501 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
2502 // type needs to be scalar.
2503 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
2504 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002505 } else if (castType->isDependentType() || castExpr->isTypeDependent()) {
2506 // We can't check any more until template instantiation time.
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002507 } else if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Seo Sanghyeon27b33952009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002508 if (Context.getCanonicalType(castType).getUnqualifiedType() ==
2509 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType().getUnqualifiedType()) &&
2510 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
2511 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00002512 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
Seo Sanghyeon27b33952009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002513 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
2514 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2515 } else if (castType->isUnionType()) {
2516 // GCC cast to union extension
2517 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAsRecordType()->getDecl();
2518 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002519 for (Field = RD->field_begin(Context), FieldEnd = RD->field_end(Context);
Seo Sanghyeon27b33952009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002520 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
2521 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Field->getType()).getUnqualifiedType() ==
2522 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType()) {
2523 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
2524 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2525 break;
2526 }
2527 }
2528 if (Field == FieldEnd)
2529 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
2530 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2531 } else {
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002532 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002533 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002534 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002535 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002536 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002537 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002538 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
2539 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002540 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002541 } else if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
2542 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType))
2543 return true;
2544 } else if (castType->isVectorType()) {
2545 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType()))
2546 return true;
Steve Naroffff6c8022009-03-04 15:11:40 +00002547 } else if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && isa<ObjCSuperExpr>(castExpr)) {
Steve Naroff49fd7ad2009-04-08 23:52:26 +00002548 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_illegal_super_cast) << TyR;
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002549 }
2550 return false;
2551}
2552
Chris Lattnerd1f26b32007-12-20 00:44:32 +00002553bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty) {
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002554 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002555
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002556 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner8cd0e932008-03-05 18:54:05 +00002557 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002558 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002559 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002560 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002561 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002562 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002563 } else
2564 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002565 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002566 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002567
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002568 return false;
2569}
2570
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002571Action::OwningExprResult
2572Sema::ActOnCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
2573 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
2574 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
2575 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002576
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002577 Expr *castExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(Op.release());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002578 QualType castType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
2579
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002580 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), castType, castExpr))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002581 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002582 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(castType, castExpr, castType,
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002583 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002584}
2585
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002586/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
2587/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattner9c039b52009-02-18 04:38:20 +00002588/// C99 6.5.15
2589QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
2590 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Sebastian Redlbd261962009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002591 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
2592 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2593 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
2594
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002595 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
2596 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
2597 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
2598 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
2599 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
2600 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002601
2602 // first, check the condition.
Sebastian Redlbd261962009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002603 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
2604 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
2605 << CondTy;
2606 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002607 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002608
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002609 // Now check the two expressions.
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002610
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002611 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
2612 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002613 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
2614 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
2615 return LHS->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002616 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002617
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002618 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
2619 // type.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002620 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAsRecordType()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
2621 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAsRecordType())
Chris Lattner98a425c2007-11-26 01:40:58 +00002622 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002623 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002624 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002625 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00002626 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002627 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002628
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002629 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroff95cb3892008-05-12 21:44:38 +00002630 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002631 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
2632 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
2633 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
2634 << RHS->getSourceRange();
2635 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
2636 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
2637 << LHS->getSourceRange();
2638 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy);
2639 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedmanf025aac2008-06-04 19:47:51 +00002640 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroff95cb3892008-05-12 21:44:38 +00002641 }
Steve Naroff12ebf272008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002642 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
2643 // the type of the other operand."
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002644 if ((LHSTy->isPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() ||
2645 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy)) &&
2646 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
2647 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
2648 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroff12ebf272008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002649 }
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002650 if ((RHSTy->isPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType() ||
2651 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) &&
2652 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
2653 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
2654 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroff12ebf272008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002655 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002656
Chris Lattner0ac51632008-01-06 22:50:31 +00002657 // Handle the case where both operands are pointers before we handle null
2658 // pointer constants in case both operands are null pointer constants.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002659 if (const PointerType *LHSPT = LHSTy->getAsPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.15p3,6
2660 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = RHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner71225142007-07-31 21:27:01 +00002661 // get the "pointed to" types
2662 QualType lhptee = LHSPT->getPointeeType();
2663 QualType rhptee = RHSPT->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002664
Chris Lattner71225142007-07-31 21:27:01 +00002665 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
2666 if (lhptee->isVoidType() &&
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002667 rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
Chris Lattner35fef522008-02-20 20:55:12 +00002668 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
2669 QualType destPointee=lhptee.getQualifiedType(rhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
Eli Friedmanca07c902008-02-10 22:59:36 +00002670 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002671 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
2672 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
Eli Friedmanca07c902008-02-10 22:59:36 +00002673 return destType;
2674 }
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002675 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
Chris Lattner35fef522008-02-20 20:55:12 +00002676 QualType destPointee=rhptee.getQualifiedType(lhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
Eli Friedmanca07c902008-02-10 22:59:36 +00002677 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002678 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
2679 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
Eli Friedmanca07c902008-02-10 22:59:36 +00002680 return destType;
2681 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002682
Chris Lattner9c039b52009-02-18 04:38:20 +00002683 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
Chris Lattner676c86a2009-02-19 04:44:58 +00002684 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
Chris Lattner9c039b52009-02-18 04:38:20 +00002685 return LHSTy;
2686 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002687
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002688 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002689
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002690 // If either type is an Objective-C object type then check
2691 // compatibility according to Objective-C.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002692 if (Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy) ||
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002693 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) {
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002694 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
2695 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
2696 // type. This allows
2697 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
2698 // where B is a subclass of A.
2699 //
2700 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
2701 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
2702 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
2703 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
2704
Steve Naroff9fc9cb52009-02-12 19:05:07 +00002705 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002706 // It could return the composite type.
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002707 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHSIface = lhptee->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
2708 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHSIface = rhptee->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
2709 if (LHSIface && RHSIface &&
2710 Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface)) {
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002711 compositeType = LHSTy;
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002712 } else if (LHSIface && RHSIface &&
Douglas Gregor5183f9e2008-11-26 06:43:45 +00002713 Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSIface, LHSIface)) {
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002714 compositeType = RHSTy;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002715 } else if (Context.isObjCIdStructType(lhptee) ||
2716 Context.isObjCIdStructType(rhptee)) {
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002717 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
2718 } else {
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002719 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002720 << LHSTy << RHSTy
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002721 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002722 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002723 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
2724 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002725 return incompatTy;
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002726 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002727 } else if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002728 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002729 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
2730 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002731 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
2732 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
2733 // to get a consistent AST.
2734 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002735 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
2736 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
Daniel Dunbarcd23bb22008-08-26 00:41:39 +00002737 return incompatTy;
Chris Lattner71225142007-07-31 21:27:01 +00002738 }
2739 // The pointer types are compatible.
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00002740 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
2741 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
2742 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
2743 // type.
Eli Friedmane38150e2008-05-16 20:37:07 +00002744 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
Eli Friedmanca07c902008-02-10 22:59:36 +00002745 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002746 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType);
2747 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType);
Eli Friedmane38150e2008-05-16 20:37:07 +00002748 return compositeType;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002749 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002750 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002751
Steve Naroff6ba22682009-04-08 17:05:15 +00002752 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch.
2753 if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
2754 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
2755 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
2756 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
2757 return RHSTy;
2758 }
2759 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
2760 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
2761 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
2762 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
2763 return LHSTy;
2764 }
2765
Chris Lattner9c039b52009-02-18 04:38:20 +00002766 // Selection between block pointer types is ok as long as they are the same.
2767 if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() && RHSTy->isBlockPointerType() &&
2768 Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy))
2769 return LHSTy;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002770
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002771 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly. Unlike "id", whose canonical type
2772 // evaluates to "struct objc_object *" (and is handled above when comparing
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002773 // id with statically typed objects).
2774 if (LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002775 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
2776 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
2777 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002778 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true) ||
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002779 (LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() &&
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002780 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) ||
2781 (RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() &&
2782 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy))) {
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002783 // FIXME: This is not the correct composite type. This only
2784 // happens to work because id can more or less be used anywhere,
2785 // however this may change the type of method sends.
2786 // FIXME: gcc adds some type-checking of the arguments and emits
2787 // (confusing) incompatible comparison warnings in some
2788 // cases. Investigate.
2789 QualType compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002790 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType);
2791 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType);
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002792 return compositeType;
2793 }
2794 }
2795
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002796 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002797 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
2798 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002799 return QualType();
2800}
2801
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002802/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002803/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002804Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
2805 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
2806 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
2807 ExprArg RHS) {
2808 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
2809 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattner98a425c2007-11-26 01:40:58 +00002810
2811 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
2812 // was the condition.
2813 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
2814 if (isLHSNull)
2815 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002816
2817 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002818 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
2819 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002820 return ExprError();
2821
2822 Cond.release();
2823 LHS.release();
2824 RHS.release();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002825 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002826 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
2827 RHSExpr, result));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002828}
2829
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002830
2831// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002832// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002833// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
2834// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
2835// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002836Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002837Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
2838 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002839
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002840 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Chris Lattner71225142007-07-31 21:27:01 +00002841 lhptee = lhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
2842 rhptee = rhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002843
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002844 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00002845 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
2846 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002847
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002848 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002849
2850 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
2851 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
2852 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianb60352a2009-02-17 18:27:45 +00002853 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00002854 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002855 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002856
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002857 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
2858 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002859 // version of void...
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002860 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002861 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002862 return ConvTy;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002863
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002864 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002865 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
2866 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002867 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002868
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002869 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002870 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002871 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002872
2873 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002874 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
2875 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002876 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002877 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002878 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Eli Friedman6ca28cb2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00002879 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
2880 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
2881 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) {
2882 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
2883 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
2884 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
2885 if (lhptee->isCharType()) {
2886 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
2887 } else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
2888 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee);
2889 }
2890 if (rhptee->isCharType()) {
2891 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
2892 } else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
2893 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee);
2894 }
2895 if (lhptee == rhptee) {
2896 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
2897 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
2898 // warning can be disabled.
2899 if (ConvTy != Compatible)
2900 return ConvTy;
2901 return IncompatiblePointerSign;
2902 }
2903 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
2904 return IncompatiblePointer;
2905 }
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002906 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002907}
2908
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002909/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
2910/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
2911/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
2912// types.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002913Sema::AssignConvertType
2914Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002915 QualType rhsType) {
2916 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002917
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002918 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
2919 lhptee = lhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002920 rhptee = rhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
2921
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002922 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
2923 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
2924 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002925
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002926 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002927
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002928 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
2929 if (lhptee.getCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getCVRQualifiers())
2930 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002931
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002932 if (!Context.typesAreBlockCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002933 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002934 return ConvTy;
2935}
2936
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002937/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
2938/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002939/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
2940///
2941/// int a, *pint;
2942/// short *pshort;
2943/// struct foo *pfoo;
2944///
2945/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
2946/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
2947/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
2948/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
2949///
2950/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002951/// C99 spec dictates.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002952///
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002953Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002954Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00002955 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
2956 // them.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00002957 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
2958 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002959
2960 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerfdd96d72008-01-07 17:51:46 +00002961 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002962
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00002963 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
2964 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
2965 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
2966 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
2967 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
2968 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
2969 // type.
2970 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAsReferenceType()) {
2971 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlssoncebb8d62007-10-12 23:56:29 +00002972 return Compatible;
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00002973 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahanian957442d2007-12-19 17:45:58 +00002974 }
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002975
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00002976 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
2977 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType, false))
Fariborz Jahanian957442d2007-12-19 17:45:58 +00002978 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00002979 // Relax integer conversions like we do for pointers below.
2980 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
2981 return IntToPointer;
2982 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
2983 return PointerToInt;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00002984 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
Fariborz Jahanian957442d2007-12-19 17:45:58 +00002985 }
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00002986
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002987 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002988 // For ExtVector, allow vector splats; float -> <n x float>
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002989 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsExtVectorType())
2990 if (LV->getElementType() == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00002991 return Compatible;
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002992
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002993 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002994 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002995 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00002996 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
2997 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002998 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00002999 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003000 }
3001 return Incompatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003002 }
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003003
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003004 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003005 return Compatible;
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003006
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003007 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003008 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003009 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003010
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003011 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003012 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003013
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003014 if (rhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003015 if (lhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor7abc1432008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003016 return Compatible;
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003017
3018 // Treat block pointers as objects.
3019 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
3020 lhsType == Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getObjCIdType()))
3021 return Compatible;
3022 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003023 return Incompatible;
3024 }
3025
3026 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3027 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedmanc5898302009-02-25 04:20:42 +00003028 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003029
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003030 // Treat block pointers as objects.
3031 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
3032 rhsType == Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getObjCIdType()))
3033 return Compatible;
3034
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003035 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3036 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003037
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003038 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAsPointerType()) {
3039 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor7abc1432008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003040 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003041 }
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003042 return Incompatible;
3043 }
3044
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003045 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003046 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003047 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3048 return Compatible;
3049
3050 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003051 return PointerToInt;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003052
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003053 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003054 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003055
3056 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003057 rhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor7abc1432008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003058 return Compatible;
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003059 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003060 }
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003061
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003062 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003063 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003064 return Compatible;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003065 }
3066 return Incompatible;
3067}
3068
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003069Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003070Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003071 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3072 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
3073 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
3074 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
3075 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor6fd35572008-12-19 17:40:08 +00003076 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
3077 "assigning"))
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003078 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner79e9a422009-04-12 09:02:39 +00003079 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003080 }
3081
3082 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
3083 // structures.
3084 }
3085
Steve Naroffcdee22d2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003086 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
3087 // a null pointer constant.
Steve Naroffd305a862009-02-21 21:17:01 +00003088 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
3089 lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003090 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Fariborz Jahaniana13effb2008-01-03 18:46:52 +00003091 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003092 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType);
Steve Naroffcdee22d2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003093 return Compatible;
3094 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003095
Chris Lattner5f505bf2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003096 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003097 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Steve Naroff0acc9c92007-09-15 18:49:24 +00003098 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdentifierExpr), it would mess up the unary
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003099 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattner5f505bf2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003100 //
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003101 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattner5f505bf2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003102 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
3103 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(rExpr);
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003104
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003105 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
3106 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003107
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003108 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
3109 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003110 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
3111 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
3112 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
3113 // does not have reference type.
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003114 if (rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003115 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType());
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003116 return result;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003117}
3118
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003119Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003120Sema::CheckCompoundAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
3121 return CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rhsType);
3122}
3123
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003124QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003125 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00003126 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003127 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003128 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003129}
3130
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003131inline QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003132 Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003133 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman03105572008-04-04 01:30:25 +00003134 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003135 QualType lhsType =
3136 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
3137 QualType rhsType =
3138 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003139
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003140 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman03105572008-04-04 01:30:25 +00003141 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003142 return lhsType;
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003143
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003144 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
3145 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003146 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
3147 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
3148 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003149 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAsVectorType())
3150 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003151 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003152 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003153 }
3154 }
3155 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003156
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003157 // If the lhs is an extended vector and the rhs is a scalar of the same type
3158 // or a literal, promote the rhs to the vector type.
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00003159 if (const ExtVectorType *V = lhsType->getAsExtVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003160 QualType eltType = V->getElementType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003161
3162 if ((eltType->getAsBuiltinType() == rhsType->getAsBuiltinType()) ||
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003163 (eltType->isIntegerType() && isa<IntegerLiteral>(rex)) ||
3164 (eltType->isFloatingType() && isa<FloatingLiteral>(rex))) {
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003165 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType);
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003166 return lhsType;
3167 }
3168 }
3169
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003170 // If the rhs is an extended vector and the lhs is a scalar of the same type,
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003171 // promote the lhs to the vector type.
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00003172 if (const ExtVectorType *V = rhsType->getAsExtVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003173 QualType eltType = V->getElementType();
3174
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003175 if ((eltType->getAsBuiltinType() == lhsType->getAsBuiltinType()) ||
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003176 (eltType->isIntegerType() && isa<IntegerLiteral>(lex)) ||
3177 (eltType->isFloatingType() && isa<FloatingLiteral>(lex))) {
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003178 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rhsType);
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003179 return rhsType;
3180 }
3181 }
3182
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003183 // You cannot convert between vector values of different size.
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003184 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003185 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003186 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003187 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00003188}
3189
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003190inline QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003191 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003192{
Daniel Dunbar2f08d812009-01-05 22:42:10 +00003193 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003194 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003195
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003196 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003197
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003198 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003199 return compType;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003200 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003201}
3202
3203inline QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003204 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003205{
Daniel Dunbarb27282f2009-01-05 22:55:36 +00003206 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3207 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
3208 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3209 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3210 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003211
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003212 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003213
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003214 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003215 return compType;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003216 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003217}
3218
3219inline QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003220 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003221{
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003222 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3223 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3224 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
3225 return compType;
3226 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003227
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003228 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003229
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003230 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003231 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
3232 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3233 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003234 return compType;
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003235 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003236
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003237 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
3238 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
3239 if (IExp->getType()->isPointerType())
3240 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
3241
3242 if (const PointerType* PTy = PExp->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
3243 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
3244 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003245 if (PTy->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
3246 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3247 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003248 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003249 return QualType();
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003250 }
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003251
3252 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
3253 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3254 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3255 } else if (PTy->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType()) {
3256 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3257 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
3258 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
3259 return QualType();
3260 }
3261
3262 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3263 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3264 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
3265 } else if (!PTy->isDependentType() &&
3266 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PTy->getPointeeType(),
3267 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
3268 lex->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
3269 lex->getType()))
3270 return QualType();
3271
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003272 if (CompLHSTy) {
3273 QualType LHSTy = lex->getType();
3274 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
3275 LHSTy = Context.IntTy;
3276 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
3277 }
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003278 return PExp->getType();
3279 }
3280 }
3281
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003282 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003283}
3284
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003285// C99 6.5.6
3286QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003287 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
3288 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3289 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3290 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
3291 return compType;
3292 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003293
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003294 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003295
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003296 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003297
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003298 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003299 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3300 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003301 return compType;
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003302 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003303
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003304 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
3305 if (const PointerType *LHSPTy = lex->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff577f9722008-01-29 18:58:14 +00003306 QualType lpointee = LHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003307
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003308 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type.
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00003309
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003310 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false;
3311 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0;
3312 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
3313 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3314 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
3315 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3316 return QualType();
3317 }
3318
3319 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
3320 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
3321 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
3322 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3323 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003324 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003325 return QualType();
3326 }
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003327
3328 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3329 ComplainAboutFunc = lex;
3330 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() &&
3331 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee,
3332 diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object,
3333 lex->getSourceRange(),
3334 SourceRange(),
3335 lex->getType()))
3336 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003337
3338 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003339 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
3340 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
3341 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3342 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3343 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
3344 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3345 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
3346 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
3347
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003348 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003349 return lex->getType();
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003350 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003351
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003352 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
3353 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Eli Friedman50727042008-02-08 01:19:44 +00003354 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003355
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003356 // RHS must be a completely-type object type.
3357 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
3358 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
3359 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3360 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
3361 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3362 return QualType();
3363 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003364
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003365 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
3366 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
3367 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3368 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003369 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003370 return QualType();
3371 }
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003372
3373 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3374 if (!ComplainAboutFunc)
3375 ComplainAboutFunc = rex;
3376 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() &&
3377 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee,
3378 diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object,
3379 rex->getSourceRange(),
3380 SourceRange(),
3381 rex->getType()))
3382 return QualType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003383
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003384 // Pointee types must be compatible.
Eli Friedman583c31e2008-09-02 05:09:35 +00003385 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003386 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
Eli Friedman583c31e2008-09-02 05:09:35 +00003387 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003388 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003389 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003390 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003391 return QualType();
3392 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003393
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003394 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
3395 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3396 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3397 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
3398 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3399 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
3400 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003401
3402 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003403 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
3404 }
3405 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003406
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003407 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003408}
3409
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003410// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003411QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003412 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003413 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
3414 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003415 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003416
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003417 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
3418 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003419 QualType LHSTy;
3420 if (lex->getType()->isPromotableIntegerType())
3421 LHSTy = Context.IntTy;
3422 else
3423 LHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattnerbb19bc42007-12-13 07:28:16 +00003424 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003425 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy);
3426
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003427 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003428
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003429 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003430 return LHSTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003431}
3432
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003433// C99 6.5.8
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003434QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003435 unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) {
3436 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc;
3437
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003438 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003439 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003440
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003441 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroffecc4fa12007-08-10 18:26:40 +00003442 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
3443 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
3444 else {
3445 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
3446 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
3447 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003448 QualType lType = lex->getType();
3449 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003450
Ted Kremenekcf8b77d2007-10-29 16:58:49 +00003451 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003452 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
3453 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
3454 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Ted Kremenek264b5cb2009-03-20 19:57:37 +00003455 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise
3456 // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate.
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003457 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
3458 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
3459 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped))
3460 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped))
Ted Kremenekf042dc62009-03-20 18:35:45 +00003461 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
3462 !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl()))
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003463 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003464
3465 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
3466 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
3467 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
3468 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
3469
3470 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
3471 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003472 Expr *literalString = 0;
3473 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003474 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003475 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3476 literalString = lex;
3477 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
3478 }
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003479 else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
3480 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003481 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3482 literalString = rex;
3483 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
3484 }
3485
3486 if (literalString) {
3487 std::string resultComparison;
3488 switch (Opc) {
3489 case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break;
3490 case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break;
3491 case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break;
3492 case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break;
3493 case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break;
3494 case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break;
3495 default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator");
3496 }
3497 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_stringcompare)
3498 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
3499 << literalString->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregor3faaa812009-04-01 23:51:29 +00003500 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ", ")
3501 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(lex->getLocStart(),
3502 "strcmp(")
3503 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(
3504 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(rex->getLocEnd()),
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003505 resultComparison);
3506 }
Ted Kremenekcf8b77d2007-10-29 16:58:49 +00003507 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003508
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003509 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003510 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus? Context.BoolTy :Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003511
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003512 if (isRelational) {
3513 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003514 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003515 } else {
Ted Kremenek486509e2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00003516 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Ted Kremenek486509e2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00003517 if (lType->isFloatingType()) {
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003518 assert(rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003519 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Ted Kremenek75439142007-10-29 16:40:01 +00003520 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003521
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003522 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003523 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003524 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003525
Chris Lattner22be8422007-08-26 01:10:14 +00003526 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
3527 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003528
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003529 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
3530 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
3531 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroffc33c0602007-08-27 04:08:11 +00003532 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattner56a5cd62008-04-03 05:07:25 +00003533 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003534 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattner56a5cd62008-04-03 05:07:25 +00003535 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003536 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003537
Steve Naroff3b435622007-11-13 14:57:38 +00003538 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull && // C99 6.5.9p2
Chris Lattner56a5cd62008-04-03 05:07:25 +00003539 !LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() && !RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() &&
3540 !Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
Eli Friedman0d9549b2008-08-22 00:56:42 +00003541 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType()) &&
Steve Naroff17c03822009-02-12 17:52:19 +00003542 !Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003543 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003544 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003545 }
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003546 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003547 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4462cb02007-08-16 21:48:38 +00003548 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003549 // Handle block pointer types.
3550 if (lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
3551 QualType lpointee = lType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
3552 QualType rpointee = rType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003553
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003554 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
3555 !Context.typesAreBlockCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003556 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003557 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003558 }
3559 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003560 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003561 }
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00003562 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
3563 if ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) ||
3564 (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType())) {
3565 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003566 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003567 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00003568 }
3569 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003570 return ResultTy;
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00003571 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003572
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003573 if ((lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Steve Naroff3d081ae2008-10-27 10:33:19 +00003574 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00003575 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAsPointerType();
3576 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAsPointerType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003577 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00003578 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003579 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00003580 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003581
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00003582 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
3583 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003584 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003585 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff3d081ae2008-10-27 10:33:19 +00003586 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003587 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff3d081ae2008-10-27 10:33:19 +00003588 }
Daniel Dunbar11c5f822008-10-23 23:30:52 +00003589 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003590 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff3b2ceea2008-10-20 18:19:10 +00003591 }
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003592 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lType, rType, true)) {
3593 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003594 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00003595 } else {
3596 if ((lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003597 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id_operands)
Chris Lattner271d4c22008-11-24 05:29:24 +00003598 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Daniel Dunbar11c5f822008-10-23 23:30:52 +00003599 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003600 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00003601 }
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003602 }
Fariborz Jahanian5319d9c2007-12-20 01:06:58 +00003603 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003604 if ((lType->isPointerType() || lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003605 rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner22be8422007-08-26 01:10:14 +00003606 if (!RHSIsNull)
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003607 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003608 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003609 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003610 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4462cb02007-08-16 21:48:38 +00003611 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003612 if (lType->isIntegerType() &&
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003613 (rType->isPointerType() || rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Chris Lattner22be8422007-08-26 01:10:14 +00003614 if (!LHSIsNull)
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003615 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003616 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003617 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003618 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003619 }
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003620 // Handle block pointers.
3621 if (lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
3622 if (!RHSIsNull)
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003623 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003624 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003625 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003626 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003627 }
3628 if (lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
3629 if (!LHSIsNull)
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003630 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003631 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003632 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003633 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003634 }
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003635 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003636}
3637
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003638/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003639/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003640/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
3641/// types.
3642QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003643 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003644 bool isRelational) {
3645 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
3646 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003647 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003648 if (vType.isNull())
3649 return vType;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003650
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003651 QualType lType = lex->getType();
3652 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003653
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003654 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
3655 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
3656 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
3657 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
3658 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
3659 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
3660 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003661 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003662 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003663
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003664 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
3665 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
3666 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003667 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003668 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003669
Chris Lattner10687e32009-03-31 07:46:52 +00003670 // FIXME: Vector compare support in the LLVM backend is not fully reliable,
3671 // just reject all vector comparisons for now.
3672 if (1) {
3673 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_comparison)
3674 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3675 return QualType();
3676 }
3677
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003678 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
3679 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
3680 // elements for floating point vectors.
3681 if (lType->isIntegerType())
3682 return lType;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003683
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003684 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAsVectorType();
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003685 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begemand6d2f772009-01-18 03:20:47 +00003686 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003687 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Chris Lattner10687e32009-03-31 07:46:52 +00003688 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
Nate Begemand6d2f772009-01-18 03:20:47 +00003689 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
3690
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003691 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begemand6d2f772009-01-18 03:20:47 +00003692 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003693 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
3694}
3695
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003696inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003697 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003698{
3699 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003700 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003701
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003702 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003703
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003704 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003705 return compType;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003706 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003707}
3708
3709inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003710 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003711{
3712 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
3713 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003714
Eli Friedmanbea3f842008-05-13 20:16:47 +00003715 if (lex->getType()->isScalarType() && rex->getType()->isScalarType())
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003716 return Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003717 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003718}
3719
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00003720/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
3721/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
3722/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
3723///
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003724static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S)
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00003725{
3726 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
3727 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
3728 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
3729 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
3730 if (const PointerType *PTy = BaseType->getAsPointerType())
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003731 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy =
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00003732 PTy->getPointeeType()->getAsObjCInterfaceType())
3733 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFTy->getDecl())
3734 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
3735 return true;
3736 }
3737 }
3738 return false;
3739}
3740
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003741/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
3742/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
3743static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Daniel Dunbarf7fa9dc2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00003744 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
3745 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
3746 &Loc);
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00003747 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
3748 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003749 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
3750 return false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003751
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003752 unsigned Diag = 0;
3753 bool NeedType = false;
3754 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
3755 default: assert(0 && "Unknown result from isModifiableLvalue!");
3756 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003757 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003758 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
3759 NeedType = true;
3760 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003761 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003762 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
3763 NeedType = true;
3764 break;
Chris Lattner37fb9402008-11-17 19:51:54 +00003765 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003766 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
3767 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003768 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003769 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
3770 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003771 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
3772 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregorc84d8932009-03-09 16:13:40 +00003773 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003774 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue,
3775 E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003776 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003777 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
3778 break;
Steve Naroff076d6cb2008-09-26 14:41:28 +00003779 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003780 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
3781 break;
Fariborz Jahanianf18d4c82008-11-22 18:39:36 +00003782 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
3783 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
3784 break;
Fariborz Jahanianc05da422008-11-22 20:25:50 +00003785 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
3786 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
3787 break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003788 }
Steve Naroff7cbb1462007-07-31 12:34:36 +00003789
Daniel Dunbarf7fa9dc2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00003790 SourceRange Assign;
3791 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
3792 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003793 if (NeedType)
Daniel Dunbarf7fa9dc2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00003794 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003795 else
Daniel Dunbarf7fa9dc2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00003796 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003797 return true;
3798}
3799
3800
3801
3802// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003803QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
3804 SourceLocation Loc,
3805 QualType CompoundType) {
3806 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
3807 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003808 return QualType();
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003809
3810 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
3811 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003812
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003813 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003814 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003815 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003816 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanian82f54962009-01-13 23:34:40 +00003817 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
3818 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
3819 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
3820 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSType)) ||
3821 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
3822 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSType))))
3823 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003824
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003825 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
3826 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
3827 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003828 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003829 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
3830 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
3831 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
3832 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
3833 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003834 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003835 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner55a17242009-03-08 06:51:10 +00003836 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
3837 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
3838 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Chris Lattnerf1e5d4a2009-03-09 07:11:10 +00003839 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
3840 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00003841 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
3842 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
3843 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner55a17242009-03-08 06:51:10 +00003844 }
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003845 }
3846 } else {
3847 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003848 ConvTy = CheckCompoundAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003849 }
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003850
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003851 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
3852 RHS, "assigning"))
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003853 return QualType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003854
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003855 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
3856 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003857 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003858 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
3859 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00003860 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
3861 // oprdu.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003862 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003863}
3864
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003865// C99 6.5.17
3866QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner03c430f2008-07-25 20:54:07 +00003867 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003868 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHS);
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003869
3870 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be
3871 // incomplete in C++).
3872
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003873 return RHS->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003874}
3875
3876/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
3877/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00003878QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3879 bool isInc) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00003880 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
3881 return Context.DependentTy;
3882
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003883 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
3884 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003885
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00003886 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
3887 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
3888 if (!isInc) {
3889 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
3890 return QualType();
3891 }
3892 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
3893 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
3894 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003895 // OK!
3896 } else if (const PointerType *PT = ResType->getAsPointerType()) {
3897 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
Douglas Gregorcde3a2d2009-03-24 20:13:58 +00003898 if (PT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00003899 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3900 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
3901 << Op->getSourceRange();
3902 return QualType();
3903 }
3904
3905 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003906 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003907 } else if (PT->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00003908 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3909 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
3910 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
3911 return QualType();
3912 }
3913
3914 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003915 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregorcde3a2d2009-03-24 20:13:58 +00003916 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PT->getPointeeType(),
3917 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
3918 Op->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
3919 ResType))
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003920 return QualType();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003921 } else if (ResType->isComplexType()) {
3922 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
3923 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003924 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003925 } else {
3926 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003927 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003928 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003929 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003930 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroff6acc0f42007-08-23 21:37:33 +00003931 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003932 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003933 return QualType();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003934 return ResType;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003935}
3936
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00003937/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003938/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00003939/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
3940/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
3941/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
3942/// - &(x) => x
3943/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
3944/// - &s.xx => s
3945/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
3946/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
3947/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
3948/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003949static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003950 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003951 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +00003952 case Stmt::QualifiedDeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003953 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003954 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00003955 // Fields cannot be declared with a 'register' storage class.
3956 // &X->f is always ok, even if X is declared register.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003957 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00003958 return 0;
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003959 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00003960 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00003961 // &X[4] and &4[X] refers to X if X is not a pointer.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003962
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003963 NamedDecl *D = getPrimaryDecl(cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase());
Daniel Dunbar612720d2008-10-21 21:22:32 +00003964 ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<ValueDecl>(D);
Anders Carlsson655694e2008-02-01 16:01:31 +00003965 if (!VD || VD->getType()->isPointerType())
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00003966 return 0;
3967 else
3968 return VD;
3969 }
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00003970 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
3971 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003972
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00003973 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
3974 case UnaryOperator::Deref: {
3975 // *(X + 1) refers to X if X is not a pointer.
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003976 if (NamedDecl *D = getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr())) {
3977 ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D);
3978 if (!VD || VD->getType()->isPointerType())
3979 return 0;
3980 return VD;
3981 }
3982 return 0;
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00003983 }
3984 case UnaryOperator::Real:
3985 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
3986 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
3987 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
3988 default:
3989 return 0;
3990 }
3991 }
3992 case Stmt::BinaryOperatorClass: {
3993 BinaryOperator *BO = cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
3994
3995 // Handle cases involving pointer arithmetic. The result of an
3996 // Assign or AddAssign is not an lvalue so they can be ignored.
3997
3998 // (x + n) or (n + x) => x
3999 if (BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::Add) {
4000 if (BO->getLHS()->getType()->isPointerType()) {
4001 return getPrimaryDecl(BO->getLHS());
4002 } else if (BO->getRHS()->getType()->isPointerType()) {
4003 return getPrimaryDecl(BO->getRHS());
4004 }
4005 }
4006
4007 return 0;
4008 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004009 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004010 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004011 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
4012 // &X[4] when X is an array, has an implicit cast from array to pointer.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004013 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004014 default:
4015 return 0;
4016 }
4017}
4018
4019/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004020/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004021/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004022/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004023/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004024/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregor45014fd2008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004025/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004026QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Douglas Gregore6be68a2008-12-17 22:52:20 +00004027 if (op->isTypeDependent())
4028 return Context.DependentTy;
4029
Steve Naroff9c6c3592008-01-13 17:10:08 +00004030 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
4031 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
4032 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
4033 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
4034 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
4035 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
4036 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
4037 }
4038 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
4039 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
4040 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004041 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner25168a52008-07-26 21:30:36 +00004042 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes1a68ecf2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00004043
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004044 if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004045 if (!dcl || !isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl)) {// allow function designators
4046 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004047 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
4048 << op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004049 return QualType();
4050 }
Steve Naroff73cf87e2008-02-29 23:30:25 +00004051 } else if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(op)) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00004052 if (FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl())) {
4053 if (Field->isBitField()) {
4054 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4055 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
4056 return QualType();
4057 }
Steve Naroff73cf87e2008-02-29 23:30:25 +00004058 }
4059 // Check for Apple extension for accessing vector components.
Nate Begemana9187ab2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00004060 } else if (isa<ExtVectorElementExpr>(op) || (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op) &&
4061 cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op)->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType())){
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004062 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemana9187ab2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00004063 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff73cf87e2008-02-29 23:30:25 +00004064 return QualType();
4065 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004066 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004067 // with the register storage-class specifier.
4068 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
4069 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004070 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4071 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004072 return QualType();
4073 }
Douglas Gregor5b82d612008-12-10 21:26:49 +00004074 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor45014fd2008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004075 return Context.OverloadTy;
Douglas Gregor5b82d612008-12-10 21:26:49 +00004076 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
4077 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +00004078 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
4079 // scope qualifier for the class.
4080 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op)) {
4081 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
4082 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord())
4083 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
4084 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
4085 }
Nuno Lopesdf239522008-12-16 22:58:26 +00004086 } else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl)) {
4087 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl7434fc32009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004088 // As above.
4089 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op)) {
4090 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
4091 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord())
4092 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
4093 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
4094 }
Douglas Gregor5b82d612008-12-10 21:26:49 +00004095 }
Nuno Lopesdf239522008-12-16 22:58:26 +00004096 else
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004097 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004098 }
Sebastian Redl7434fc32009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004099
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004100 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
4101 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
4102}
4103
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004104QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004105 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
4106 return Context.DependentTy;
4107
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004108 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
4109 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004110
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004111 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
4112 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
4113 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
4114 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
4115 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAsPointerType())
Steve Naroff9c6c3592008-01-13 17:10:08 +00004116 return PT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004117
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004118 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004119 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004120 return QualType();
4121}
4122
4123static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
4124 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
4125 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
4126 switch (Kind) {
4127 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004128 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
4129 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004130 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
4131 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
4132 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
4133 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
4134 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
4135 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
4136 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
4137 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
4138 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
4139 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
4140 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
4141 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
4142 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
4143 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
4144 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
4145 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
4146 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
4147 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
4148 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
4149 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
4150 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
4151 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
4152 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
4153 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
4154 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
4155 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
4156 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
4157 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
4158 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
4159 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
4160 }
4161 return Opc;
4162}
4163
4164static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
4165 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
4166 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
4167 switch (Kind) {
4168 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
4169 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
4170 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
4171 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
4172 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
4173 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
4174 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
4175 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
4176 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004177 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
4178 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
4179 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
4180 }
4181 return Opc;
4182}
4183
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004184/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
4185/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
4186/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004187Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4188 unsigned Op,
4189 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004190 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004191 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004192 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
4193 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
4194 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004195
4196 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004197 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
4198 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
4199 break;
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004200 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
4201 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
4202 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
4203 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
4204 break;
4205 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004206 case BinaryOperator::Div:
4207 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4208 break;
4209 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
4210 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4211 break;
4212 case BinaryOperator::Add:
4213 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4214 break;
4215 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
4216 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4217 break;
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004218 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004219 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
4220 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4221 break;
4222 case BinaryOperator::LE:
4223 case BinaryOperator::LT:
4224 case BinaryOperator::GE:
4225 case BinaryOperator::GT:
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004226 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004227 break;
4228 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
4229 case BinaryOperator::NE:
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004230 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004231 break;
4232 case BinaryOperator::And:
4233 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
4234 case BinaryOperator::Or:
4235 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4236 break;
4237 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
4238 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
4239 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4240 break;
4241 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
4242 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004243 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4244 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4245 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4246 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004247 break;
4248 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004249 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4250 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4251 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4252 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004253 break;
4254 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004255 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
4256 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4257 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004258 break;
4259 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004260 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
4261 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4262 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004263 break;
4264 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
4265 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004266 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4267 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4268 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4269 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004270 break;
4271 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
4272 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
4273 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004274 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4275 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4276 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4277 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004278 break;
4279 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
4280 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4281 break;
4282 }
4283 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004284 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004285 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004286 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
4287 else
4288 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004289 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
4290 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004291}
4292
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004293// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004294Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
4295 tok::TokenKind Kind,
4296 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004297 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004298 Expr *lhs = (Expr *)LHS.release(), *rhs = (Expr*)RHS.release();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004299
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00004300 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
4301 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004302
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004303 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
4304 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
4305 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) {
4306 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
4307 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
4308 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
4309 // the arguments.
Douglas Gregor3fc092f2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00004310 FunctionSet Functions;
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004311 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
4312 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
4313 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
4314 Functions);
4315 Expr *Args[2] = { lhs, rhs };
4316 DeclarationName OpName
4317 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
4318 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, Args, 2, Functions);
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004319 }
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004320
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004321 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
4322 // binary operation.
4323 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004324 }
4325
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004326 // Build a built-in binary operation.
4327 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004328}
4329
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004330Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4331 unsigned OpcIn,
4332 ExprArg InputArg) {
4333 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004334
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004335 // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated
4336 // appropriately.
4337 Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004338 QualType resultType;
4339 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004340 case UnaryOperator::PostInc:
4341 case UnaryOperator::PostDec:
4342 case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf:
4343 assert(false && "Invalid unary operator");
4344 break;
4345
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004346 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
4347 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004348 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
4349 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004350 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004351 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004352 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
4353 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004354 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Steve Naroffccc26a72007-12-18 04:06:57 +00004355 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004356 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
4357 break;
4358 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
4359 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
4360 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
4361 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004362 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4363 break;
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004364 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
4365 break;
4366 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
4367 resultType->isEnumeralType())
4368 break;
4369 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
4370 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
4371 resultType->isPointerType())
4372 break;
4373
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004374 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4375 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004376 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
4377 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
4378 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004379 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4380 break;
Chris Lattnerbd695022008-07-25 23:52:49 +00004381 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
4382 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
4383 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004384 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004385 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerbd695022008-07-25 23:52:49 +00004386 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004387 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4388 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004389 break;
4390 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
4391 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
4392 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
4393 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004394 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4395 break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004396 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004397 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4398 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004399 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004400 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
4401 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004402 break;
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004403 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004404 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattner57e5f7e2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00004405 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004406 break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004407 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004408 resultType = Input->getType();
4409 break;
4410 }
4411 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004412 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004413
4414 InputArg.release();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004415 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004416}
4417
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004418// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
4419Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4420 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
4421 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
4422 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op);
4423
4424 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType()) {
4425 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
4426 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
4427 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
4428 // the arguments.
4429 FunctionSet Functions;
4430 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
4431 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
4432 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
4433 Functions);
4434 DeclarationName OpName
4435 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
4436 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, &Input, 1, Functions);
4437 }
4438
4439 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input));
4440 }
4441
4442 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input));
4443}
4444
Steve Naroff5cbb02f2007-09-16 14:56:35 +00004445/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004446Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4447 SourceLocation LabLoc,
4448 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004449 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Steve Naroffff9ecaf2009-03-13 16:03:38 +00004450 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = CurBlock ? CurBlock->LabelMap[LabelII] :
4451 LabelMap[LabelII];
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004452
Daniel Dunbar879788d2008-08-04 16:51:22 +00004453 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
4454 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Naroffb88d81c2009-03-13 15:38:40 +00004455 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004456 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004457
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004458 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004459 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
4460 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004461}
4462
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004463Sema::OwningExprResult
4464Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt,
4465 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
4466 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004467 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
4468 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
4469
Eli Friedmanbc941e12009-01-24 23:09:00 +00004470 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
4471 if (isFileScope) {
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004472 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
Eli Friedmanbc941e12009-01-24 23:09:00 +00004473 }
4474
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004475 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
4476 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
4477 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004478
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004479 // FIXME: the last statement in the compount stmt has its value used. We
4480 // should not warn about it being unused.
4481
4482 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
4483 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
4484 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004485
Chris Lattner200964f2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004486 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
4487 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
4488 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
4489 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
4490 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004491
Chris Lattner200964f2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004492 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004493 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner200964f2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004494 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004495
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004496 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
4497 // expressions are not lvalues.
4498
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004499 substmt.release();
4500 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004501}
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004502
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004503Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
4504 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4505 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
4506 TypeTy *argty,
4507 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
4508 unsigned NumComponents,
4509 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
4510 // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on
4511 // error.
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004512 QualType ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(argty);
4513 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004514
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004515 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
4516
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004517 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
4518 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
4519 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004520 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004521 return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004522
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004523 // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
4524 // with an incomplete type would be illegal.
Douglas Gregor6e7c27c2009-03-11 16:48:53 +00004525
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004526 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
4527 // the offsetof designators.
4528 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
4529 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004530 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004531 ArgTy, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedmanc67f86a2009-01-26 01:33:06 +00004532
Chris Lattnerb37522e2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00004533 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
4534 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004535 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
4536 // a system header!
Chris Lattnerb37522e2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00004537 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004538 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
4539 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004540
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004541 if (!Dependent) {
4542 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
4543 // leaks like a sieve.
4544 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
4545 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
4546 if (OC.isBrackets) {
4547 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
4548 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
4549 if (!AT) {
4550 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004551 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
4552 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004553 }
4554
4555 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
4556
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004557 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
4558 // expression.
4559 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Res);
4560
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004561 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
4562 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004563 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004564 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004565 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
4566 diag::err_typecheck_subscript)
4567 << Idx->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004568
4569 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
4570 OC.LocEnd);
4571 continue;
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004572 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004573
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004574 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAsRecordType();
4575 if (!RC) {
4576 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004577 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
4578 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004579 }
Chris Lattner2af6a802007-08-30 17:59:59 +00004580
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004581 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
4582 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
4583 FieldDecl *MemberDecl
4584 = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(LookupQualifiedName(RD, OC.U.IdentInfo,
4585 LookupMemberName)
4586 .getAsDecl());
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004587 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004588 if (!MemberDecl)
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004589 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
4590 << OC.U.IdentInfo << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd));
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004591
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004592 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
4593 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
4594 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it doesn't
4595 // matter here.
4596 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004597 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004598 }
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004599 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004600
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004601 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
4602 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc));
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004603}
4604
4605
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004606Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4607 TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2,
4608 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004609 QualType argT1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg1);
4610 QualType argT2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg2);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004611
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004612 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004613
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004614 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc,
4615 argT1, argT2, RPLoc));
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004616}
4617
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004618Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4619 ExprArg cond,
4620 ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2,
4621 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
4622 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get());
4623 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get());
4624 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004625
Steve Naroff93c53012007-08-03 21:21:27 +00004626 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
4627
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004628 QualType resType;
4629 if (CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
4630 resType = Context.DependentTy;
4631 } else {
4632 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
4633 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
4634 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
4635 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004636 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
4637 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
4638 << CondExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff93c53012007-08-03 21:21:27 +00004639
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004640 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
4641 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
4642 }
4643
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004644 cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release();
4645 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
4646 resType, RPLoc));
Steve Naroff93c53012007-08-03 21:21:27 +00004647}
4648
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004649//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4650// Clang Extensions.
4651//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4652
4653/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004654void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004655 // Analyze block parameters.
4656 BlockSemaInfo *BSI = new BlockSemaInfo();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004657
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004658 // Add BSI to CurBlock.
4659 BSI->PrevBlockInfo = CurBlock;
4660 CurBlock = BSI;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004661
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004662 BSI->ReturnType = 0;
4663 BSI->TheScope = BlockScope;
Mike Stumpae93d652009-02-19 22:01:56 +00004664 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004665
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004666 BSI->TheDecl = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +00004667 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, BSI->TheDecl);
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004668}
4669
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00004670void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
4671 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier() == 0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
4672
4673 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
4674 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
4675 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
4676
4677 // The type is entirely optional as well, if none, use DependentTy.
4678 if (T.isNull())
4679 T = Context.DependentTy;
4680
4681 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
4682 if (!T->isFunctionType())
4683 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, NULL, 0, 0, 0);
4684
4685 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
4686 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Chris Lattnerc65b8bb2009-04-11 19:27:54 +00004687
4688 QualType RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
4689
4690 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
4691 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
4692 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
4693 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
4694 return;
4695 }
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00004696
4697 if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
Chris Lattnerc65b8bb2009-04-11 19:27:54 +00004698 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy.getTypePtr();
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00004699 return;
4700 }
4701
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004702 // Analyze arguments to block.
4703 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
4704 "Not a function declarator!");
4705 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004706
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004707 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
4708 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004709
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004710 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
4711 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
4712 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
4713 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00004714 (!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&&
4715 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) {
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004716 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004717 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004718 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
4719 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i)
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00004720 CurBlock->Params.push_back(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>());
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004721 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004722 }
Steve Naroff494cb0f2009-03-13 16:56:44 +00004723 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Context, &CurBlock->Params[0],
Chris Lattnerc65b8bb2009-04-11 19:27:54 +00004724 CurBlock->Params.size());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004725
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004726 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
4727 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI)
4728 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
4729 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier())
4730 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
Chris Lattnerc65b8bb2009-04-11 19:27:54 +00004731
4732 // Analyze the return type.
4733 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
4734 QualType RetTy = T->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
4735
4736 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
4737 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
4738 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
4739 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
4740 } else if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
4741 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy.getTypePtr();
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004742}
4743
4744/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
4745/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
4746void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
4747 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
4748 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> CC(CurBlock);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004749
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004750 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
4751 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004752
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004753 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Douglas Gregorc1408ea2009-03-11 23:54:15 +00004754
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004755}
4756
4757/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
4758/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004759Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
4760 StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) {
Chris Lattnerc14c7f02009-03-27 04:18:06 +00004761 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
4762 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
4763 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
4764
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004765 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
4766 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> BSI(CurBlock);
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004767
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004768 PopDeclContext();
4769
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004770 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
4771 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004772
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004773 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
4774 if (BSI->ReturnType)
4775 RetTy = QualType(BSI->ReturnType, 0);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004776
Mike Stumpb1a2aab2009-04-17 00:09:41 +00004777 // A reference in a nested block, winds up being a reference in the outer
4778 // block.
4779 if (CurBlock)
4780 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs |= BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs;
4781
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004782 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
4783 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
4784 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004785
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004786 QualType BlockTy;
4787 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004788 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(RetTy);
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004789 else
4790 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, &ArgTypes[0], ArgTypes.size(),
Argiris Kirtzidis65b99642008-10-26 16:43:14 +00004791 BSI->isVariadic, 0);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004792
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004793 // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract
4794
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004795 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004796
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004797 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.release()));
4798 return Owned(new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy,
4799 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs));
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004800}
4801
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004802Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4803 ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type,
4804 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00004805 QualType T = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(type);
Chris Lattnerda139482009-04-05 15:49:53 +00004806 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get());
4807 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
4808
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00004809 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmandd2b9af2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00004810
4811 // Get the va_list type
4812 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
4813 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
4814 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
4815 // a pointer for va_arg.
4816 if (VaListType->isArrayType())
4817 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedman8754e5b2008-08-20 22:17:17 +00004818 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
4819 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
Eli Friedmandd2b9af2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00004820
Chris Lattnercb9469d2009-04-06 17:07:34 +00004821 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(VaListType, E->getType()) != Compatible) {
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004822 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
4823 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattnerda139482009-04-05 15:49:53 +00004824 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner89a72c52009-04-05 00:59:53 +00004825 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004826
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004827 // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00004828 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004829
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004830 expr.release();
4831 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(),
4832 RPLoc));
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00004833}
4834
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004835Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
Douglas Gregorad4b3792008-11-29 04:51:27 +00004836 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
4837 // pointers on the target.
4838 QualType Ty;
4839 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
4840 Ty = Context.IntTy;
4841 else
4842 Ty = Context.LongTy;
4843
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004844 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
Douglas Gregorad4b3792008-11-29 04:51:27 +00004845}
4846
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004847bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
4848 SourceLocation Loc,
4849 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
4850 Expr *SrcExpr, const char *Flavor) {
4851 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
4852 bool isInvalid = false;
4853 unsigned DiagKind;
4854 switch (ConvTy) {
4855 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
4856 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00004857 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004858 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
4859 break;
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00004860 case IntToPointer:
4861 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
4862 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004863 case IncompatiblePointer:
4864 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
4865 break;
Eli Friedman6ca28cb2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004866 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
4867 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
4868 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004869 case FunctionVoidPointer:
4870 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
4871 break;
4872 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregor1815b3b2008-09-12 00:47:35 +00004873 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
4874 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
4875 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
4876 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
4877 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
4878 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
4879 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
4880 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
4881 // C++ semantics.
4882 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
4883 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
4884 return false;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004885 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
4886 break;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004887 case IntToBlockPointer:
4888 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
4889 break;
4890 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Steve Naroff82324d62008-09-24 23:31:10 +00004891 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004892 break;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00004893 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004894 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00004895 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
4896 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
4897 break;
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004898 case IncompatibleVectors:
4899 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
4900 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004901 case Incompatible:
4902 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
4903 isInvalid = true;
4904 break;
4905 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004906
Chris Lattner271d4c22008-11-24 05:29:24 +00004907 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << DstType << SrcType << Flavor
4908 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004909 return isInvalid;
4910}
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00004911
4912bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr* E, llvm::APSInt *Result)
4913{
4914 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
4915
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004916 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00004917 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
4918 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
4919
4920 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
4921 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
4922 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
4923 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
4924 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
4925 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
4926 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004927
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00004928 return true;
4929 }
4930
4931 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004932 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00004933 E->getSourceRange();
4934
4935 // Print the reason it's not a constant.
4936 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
4937 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
4938 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004939
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00004940 if (Result)
4941 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
4942 return false;
4943}